Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
2742 STATE ST; B; FPC2021-0013; Permit
PERMIT REPORT (bty of Carlsbad Print Date: 05/21/2021 Job Address: 2742 STATE ST, # B & C, CARLSBAD, CA 92008-1628 Permit Type: FIRE-Construction Commercial Work Class: Fire Sprinklers Parcel #: 2031811900 Track #: Valuation: $556,213.09 Lot #: Occupancy Group: Project #: #of Dwelling Units: Plan #: Bedrooms: Construction Type: Bathrooms: Orig. Plan Check #: Plan Check #: Permit No: FPC2021-0013 Status: Closed - Finaled Applied: 01/28/2021 Issued: 02/18/2021 Finaled Close Out: 05/21/2021 Inspector: Final Inspection: Project Title: Description: WB GAMES -REVISED PLANS TO ADD OR RELOCATE SPRINKLERS (117 HEADS) & INSTALL ANEW PRE-ACTION SYSTEM Applicant: FPContractor: TITAN FIRE PROTECTION INC TITAN FIRE PROTECTION INC EDUARDO MARTINEZ 1341 DISTRIBUTION WAY, # STE 14 1341 DISTRIBUTION WAY, U STE 14 VISTA, CA 92081-8843 VISTA, CA 92081-8843 (760) 295-3436 (760) 295-3436 FEE AMOUNT FIRE Hourly Services First Hour $159.00 FIRE Hourly Services First Hour $159.00 FIRE NFPA 13 System < 100 Heads Add'l Inspection $102.00 FIRE Plan Review Per Hour - Office Hours $204.00 FIRE Pre-Action System with Alarm $553.00 FIRE Reinspection (per inspection) $193.00 Total Fees: $1,370.00 Total Payments To Date: $1,370.00 Balance Due: $0.00 Fire Department Page 1 of 1 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad CA 92008-7314 760-602-4665 760-602-8561 f I www.carlsbadca.gov A 131TAN FIRE PROTECTION F PC, Z02- - (Do t3 Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 FIRE SUPRESSION MATERIAL SUBMITTAL WARNER BROS T.I. 2742 STATE ST CARLSBAD, CA 92008 CONTRACT NO. 20712 ENO ES TO CHANGEMATERIAL SUBMITTAL 2880 Scott Street, Suite 105 - Vista, CA 92081 760-295-3881 - phone - 760-295-3437 - fax www.titanfpinc.com Page Page 1 of 6 MICROFAST® QUICK '.1 II(IFtr1G® III[U'Y.M RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER VK302 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com The Viking Microfast Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler VK302 is a small ther- mosensitive glass bulb spray sprinkler available with various finishes and tempera- ture ratings to meet design requirements. The special Polyester and Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In addition, these coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive environments and are Listed and Approved as indicated in the Approval Charts. 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approved: Class Series 2000 VdS Approved: Certificates G414009, G414010, G4040095, and 4880045 LPCB Approved: Certificate 096e/06 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm- Zt CE Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, certificate of constancy of performance 0832-CPR-S0021 CCCF Approved: Approved by the China Certification Center for Fire Products (CCCF) MED Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0832-MED-1003 Refer to Approval Chart 1 and Design Criteria cULus Listing requirements, and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design Criteria for FM Approval requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar) Rated to 175 psi (12 bar) water working pressure Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Thread size: 1/2" NPT, 15 mm BSP Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric**) Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 °F (-55 °C) Overall Length: 2-1/4" (58 mm) *cULus Listing, FM Approval, and NFPA 13 installs require a minimum of 7 psi (0.5 bar). The minimum operating pressure for LPCB and CE Approvals ONLY is 5 psi (0.35 bar). Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 or QM Brass Deflector: Phosphor Bronze UNS-051000 or Copper UNS-C19500 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 For Polyester Coated Sorinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed For ENT Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw and Pipcap - ENT plated. Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish and then the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating to the sprinkler base part number. Finish Suffix: Brass = A, Chrome = F, White Polyester = M-/W, Black Polyester = M-/B, and ENT = JN Temperature Suffix: 135°F (57 °C) =A, 155°F (68 °C) = B, 175°F (79 °C) = D, 200°F (93 °C) = E, 286°F (141 °C) = G Form No. F_033314 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 Replaces Form No. F_033314 Rev 19.1 (Added ENT: updated FM language.) Page 2 of 6 MICROFAST® QUICK \J IF(IIs1G SPRINKLER VK302 (K5.6) RESPONSE PENDENT The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs©vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com For example, sprinkler VK302 with a Brass finish and a 155 OF (68 °C) temperature rating = Part No. 12979AB Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Sprinkler Wrenches: Standard Wrench: Part No. 21475M/B. Wrench for Recessed Pendent Sprinklers: Part No. 13655W/B** (available since 2006) Optional Protective Sprinkler Cap Remover/Escutcheon Installer Tool*** Part No. 15915 (available since 2010) **A %" ratchet is required (not available from Viking). ***Allows use from the floor by attaching a length of 1" diameter CPVC tubing to the tool. Ideal for sprinkler cabinets. Refer to Bulletin F_051808. Sprinkler Cabinets: Six-head capacity: Part No. 01724A (available since 1971) Twelve-head capacity: Part No. 01725A (available since 1971) INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the pip cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. AVAILABILITY The Viking Microfast® Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler VK302 is available through a network of domestic and international dis- tributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Wrench Flat Protective Sprinkler Cap- Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 21475M/B Form No. F_033314 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 Page 3 of 6 RESPONSE PENDENT N41KJNG*® MICROFAST® QUICK SPRINKLER VK302 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com TABLE 1: AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient Classification Temperature Rating' Ceiling Temperature' Bulb Color Ordinary 135 °F (57 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) Orange Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) Red Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Yellow Intermediate 200 OF (93 °C) 150 OF (65 °C) Green High 286 °F (141 °C) 225 °F (107 °C) Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, Black Polyester, and ENT Corrosion-Resistant Coatings3: White Polyester, and Black Polyester. ENT in all temperature ratings except 135 °F (57 °C) Footnotes The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 'The corrosion-resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Charts. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are com- patible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the coatings indicated are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester and ENT coatings. For ENT coated automatic sprinklers, the waterway is coated. Sprinkler wrench 13655W/B** for recessed pendent sprinklers ** A 1/2" ratchet is required (not available from Viking) Carefully slide the wrench sideways around the protective cap, ensuring engagement with the sprinkler wrench flats Figure 2: Wrench 13655W/B for Recessed Pendent Sprinklers Form No. F_033314 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 Page 4 of 6 MICROFAST® QUICK NIIUNG* @ RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER VK302 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart I (UL) Temperature KEY The Viking MicrofasP Quick Response Fir Sh Pendent Sprinkler VK302 Escutchecri tif ipplcab Maximum 175 PSI (12 Bar) WWP Base Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal Overall Listings and Approvals3 Part SIN Style K-Factor Length (Refer also to Design Criteria.) Number1 NPT T BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm cULus4 VdS LPCB CE7 0 1 12979 VK302 Pendent 1/2" 15 mm 5 80.6 2-1/4 58 A1Z, B1Y, D2, C2X Al A1Z, B1Y D1Z, C1Y Dl -- 19780 VK302 Pendent 1/2" -- 56 80.6 2-1/4 58 -- -- -- -- -- 03 21354 VK302 Pendent -- 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4 58 --_- -- -- -- - D3 06662B VK302 Pendent 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4 58 A1Z, B1Y, D2, C2X -- -- -- -- 18021 VK302 Pendent 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4 58 Ai X, B1Y Al AiX, B1Y I DIX, C1Y7 Dl -- Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Finishes Approved Escutcheons A- 135 °F (57 °C), 155 "F (68 °C), 175 "F 1 - Brass, Chrome, White x - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or the (79 "C), 200 °F (93 "C), 286 °F (141 °C) Polyester5'6, Black Polyes- Viking Micromatic Model E-1 Recessed Escutcheon B - 135 °F (57 "C), 155 "F (68 "C), 175 °F ter',' Y - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or recessed with the Viking Micromatic® (79 °C), and 200 "F (93 °C) 2- ENT' Model E-i, E-2, or E-3 Recessed Escutcheon C - 155 "F (68 "C), 175 "F (79 °C), and 3-Chrome Z - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon 200 "F (93 °C) D -155 "F (68 "C), 175 "F (79 °C), 200 "F (93 °C), 286 "F (141 °C) Footnotes Base part number shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for use in the U.S. and Canada. cULus Listed as corrosion-resistant. 6 Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. CE Certified, Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of constancy of performance 0832-CPR-50021. 8 MED Certified, Standard EN 12259-1, EC-0832-MED-1003. DESIGN CRITERIA -UL (Also refer to Approval Chart 1 above.) cULus Listing Requirements: The Viking Microfaste Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler VK302 is cULus Listed as indicated in the Approval Chart for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. Designed for use in Light and Ordinary occupancies. The sprinkler installation rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray pendent sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F_033314 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 Page 5 of 6 MICROFAST® QUICK N41KJNG4 I:II[u'7M RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER VK302 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs©vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart 2 (FM) Temperature KEY The Viking Microfast® Quick Response Finish Pendent Sprinkler VK302 MX 4-- Escutcheon f app cab'ei Maximum 175 PSI (12 Bar) WWP Base Part SIN Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length FM Approvals' NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches Number' Style (Refer also to Design Criteria.) 12979 VK302 - - - _ Pendent 01 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4 58 A1Z, B1Y, D2X, C2 . • - - - - 06662B VK302 Pendent 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4 58 A1Z, B1Y, D2X, C2 18021 VK302 Pendent 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4 58 A1Z, B1Y Approved Temperature Ratings A - 135 °F (57 °C), 155 ¶ -F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 C), 200 Approved Escutcheons (93 °C) 286 °F (141 °C) Approved Finishes X - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or the B - 135 °F (57 CC), 155 °F (68 C), 175 °F (79 CC), and 1 -Brass, Chrome, White Polyester4, Viking MIcromatIca Model E1 Recessed Escutcheon 200 F (93 C) and Black Polyester4 Y - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or recessed . C - 155 ¶ (68 C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 ¶ (93 °C), 286 2- ENT5 vui Wit,, the Viking cromatic iviouei - or - °F 141 °C Recessed Escutcheon 0 - 155 ¶ (68 °C), 175 OF (79 °C), 200 ¶ (93 °C) Z - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon Footnotes I Base part number shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. - This table shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. "Other colors are available on request with the same Approvals as the standard colors. FM approved as corrosion resistant. DESIGN CRITERIA - FM (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) FM Approval Requirements: The Viking Microfast® Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler VK302 is FM Approved as quick response Non-storage pendent sprinklers as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organiza- tions, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F033314 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 Page 6 of 6 MICROFASTO QUICK "Iltririll II(II.1G ® l:II[.q.u.mi RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER VK302 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Ceiling Opening Size: 1/2" 2-5/16" (59 mm) minimum (15 mm) 2-1/2" (64 mm) maximum NPT :- ____ 1(57m) ___ Installed with a standard 1/8" surface-mounted escutcheon Figure 3: Sprinkler Dimensions with a Standard Escutcheon Ceiling Opening Size: I J 2-5/16" (59 mm) minimum 2-1/2" (64 mm) maximum _. 2-118"... .i.2-1/8" ... (54 mm) (54 mm) 4 11 T II T(29 ..1/8"1-3/4" }I,J mm) 2" I\L,.'I I (29 mm) (45 mm) Min. (51 mm) Min. Max. Max. Installed with a Installed with a Model Model E-1 Recessed E-2 Thread-on Recessed Escutcheon Escutcheon Figure 4: Sprinkler Dimensions with the Model E-1 and E-2 Recessed Escutcheons Form No. F_033314 19.10.14 Rev 19.2 Replaces Form No. F_033314 Rev 19.1 (Added ENT updated FM language.) Page 1 of 4 NIKING*MICROFAST@ QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK300 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com DESCRIPTION The Viking Microfast Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 is a small, thermosensitive, glass-bulb spray sprinkler available in several differ- ent finishes and temperature ratings to meet design requirements. The spe- cial Polyester and Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In addition, these coat- ings have been investigated for installation in corrosive atmospheres and are listed/approved as corrosion resistant as indicated in the Approval Charts. (Note: FM global approves the ENT coating as corrosion resistant. FM Global has no approval classification Polyester coatings as corrosion resistant.) LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approved: Classes 2002 and 2020 Refer to Approval Charts and Design Criteria for listing and approval requirements that must be followed. WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm- www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar)* Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) wwp. Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Testing: U.S.A. Patent No. 4,831,870 Thread size: 1/2" NPT, 15 mm BSP Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric**) Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 °F (-55 °C) Overall Length: 2-3/16" (56 mm) *CULUS Listing, FM Approval, and NFPA 13 installs require a minimum of 7 psi (0.5 bar). The minimum operating pressure for LPCB and CE Approvals ONLY is 5 psi (0.35 bar). Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 or QM Brass Deflector: Brass UNS-C23000 or Copper UNS-C19500 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-530400 For Polyester Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed For ENT Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw and Pipcap - ENT plated Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order Viking Microfast® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish and then the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating to the sprinkler base part number. Finish Suffix: Brass = A, Chrome = F, White Polyester = M-/W, Black Polyester = M-/B, and ENT = JN Temperature Suffix (°F/°C): 135°/57° =A, 155°/68° = B, 175°/79° = D, 200°/93° = E, and 286°/141° = G For example, sprinkler VK300 with a 1/2" NPT thread, Brass finish and a 155 °F/68 °C temperature rating = Part No. 12978AB Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the Viking website.) Sprinkler Wrench: Standard Wrench: Part No. 21475M/B (available since 2017) Sprinkler Cabinets: Six-head capacity: Part No. 01724A (available since 1971) Twelve-head capacity: Part No. 01725A (available since 1971) 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. Form No. F_052114 18.10.11 Rev 17.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_052114 Rev 17.1 (Added P65 Warning.) Page 2 of 4 MICROFAST® QUICK 'sj I KI IsIG SPRINKLER VK300 (K5.6) RESPONSE UPRIGHT The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the pip cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. AVAILABILITY The Viking Microfast® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 is available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. TABLE 1Il1UTEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient Bulb Color U Classification Temperature Rating' Ceiling Temperature' Ordinary 135 °F (57 °C) 100 °F (38 C) Orange Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C) 100 ¶ (38 °C) Red Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Yellow Intermediate 200 oF (93 C) 150 F (65 C) Green High 286 F (141 °C) 225 °F (107 °C) Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, Black Polyester, and ENT Corrosion-Resistant Coatings3: White Polyester, Black Polyester, and Black PTFE. ENT in all temperature ratings except 135 °F (57 °C) Footnotes The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. The corrosion-resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Charts. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are compat- ible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the coatings indicated are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester, ENT, and PTFE coatings. For ENT coated automatic sprinklers, the waterway is coated. Protective Sprinkler Cap— Wrench Flat - Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 21475M/B Form No. F_052114 18.10.11 Rev 17.1.P65 Page 3 of 4 I:II[.1u.JM MICROFAST® QUICK NIKJNG4 RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK300 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart I (UL) Temperature KEY MicrofastO Quick Response 'k+ Firish Upright Sprinkler VK300 AIX 4 Escutcheon f appcabie) Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP Base Part Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length Listings and Approvals3 Number' SIN NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm cULus VdS LPCB NYC' CE 12978 VK300 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 Al, B2 -- -- See footnote 7. 06661B I VK300 1/2" 15 mm 1 5.6 80.6 1 2-3/16 56 1 Al, B2 -- -- See footnote7.I -- Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Finishes A- 135 °F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C) 200°F (93 °C), and I 1 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester5'6, and Black Polyester5'6 B - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C), and 286 °F (141°C) 2- ENT Footnotes 1 Base part number is shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 'This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for us in the U.S. and Canada Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. 6 cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. Meets New York City requirements, effective July 1, 2008 8 Accepted for use, City of New York Board of Standards and Appeals, Calendar Number 219-76-SA and City of New York Department of Buildings, MEA 89-92-E, Vol. 16. DESIGN CRITERIA - UL (Also refer to Approval Chart 1 above.) cULus Listing Requirements: The Viking Microfast' Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 is cULus Listed as indicated in Approval Chart 1 for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. The sprinkler installation rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray upright sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F_052114 18.10.11 Rev 17.1.P65 Page 4 of 4 MICROFAST® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER VK300 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart 2 (FM) - - Temperature KEY Microfast® Quick Response AtX 4 (f applicable) Upright Sprinkler VK300 Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP Base Part SIN Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length FM Approvals3 NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm Number' (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) 12978 VK300 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 Al, B2 06661B VK300 1 1/2" 1 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 Al, B2 Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Finishes A- 135°F (57 °C), 155°F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200°F (93 °C), and 286°F (141°C) - Brass,Chrome, White Polyester', and Black B - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C), and 286 °F (141°C) Polyeserl 2 - ENT6 Footnotes 1 Base part number is shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3This table shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. Other colors are available on request with the same Approvals as the standard colors. 6 FM approved as corrosion resistant. DESIGN CRITERIA -FM (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) FM Aooroval Requirements: The Microfast® Quick Response Upright Sprinkler VK300 is FM Approved as a quick response Non-Storage upright sprinkler as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F_052114 18.10.11 Rev 17.1.P65 Replaces Form No. F_052114 Rev 17.1 (Added P65 Warning.) Page 1 of 7 MIRAGE® STANDARD AND QR CONCEALED PENDENT N I KJ NG4 l:IIEu.7M SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com DESCRIPTION Viking Mirage® Standard and Quick Response Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK462 and HP Sprinkler VK463 are thermosensitive glass-bulb spray sprinklers designed for installation on concealed pipe systems where the appearance of a smooth ceiling is desired. The sprinkler is pre-assembled with a threaded adapter for installation with a low- profile cover assembly that provides up to 1/2' (12.7 mm) of vertical adjustment. The two-piece design allows installation and testing of the sprinkler prior to installation of the cover plate. The "push-on", 'thread-off' design of the concealed cover plate assem- bly allows easy installation of the cover plate after the system has been tested and the ceiling finish has been applied. The cover assembly can be removed and reinstalled, allowing temporary removal of ceiling panels without taking the sprinkler system out of service or removing the sprinkler. The Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coating has been investigated for installation in corrosive environments and is cULus Listed as indicated in the Approval Charts. The ENT finish is only available for the sprinkler assembly, the cover plate is not plated. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS c®us cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approval: Class 2015 NYC Approved: MEA 89-92-E, Volume 32 VdS Approved: Certificate G4080021 LPCB Approved: Certificate number 096e/12 CE Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0786-CPD-40249 CCCF Approved: Approved by the China Certification Center for Fire Products (CCCF) MED Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate 0832-MED-1003 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm- www.P65Wamings.ca.gov Refer to Approval Chart 1 Design Criteria for cULus Listing requirements, and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design Criteria on page for FM Approval requirements that must be followed. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Available since 2006. Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar)* Maximum Working Pressure: Sprinkler VK463 is rated for use with water working pressures ranging from the minimum 7 psi (0.5 bar) up to 250 psi (17.2 bar) for high-pressure systems. High-pressure (HP) sprinklers can be identified by locating "250" stamped on the deflector. Sprinkler VK462 is rated to a maximum 175 psi (12 bar) wwp. Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Thread size: 1/2" (15 mm) NPT Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metrict) Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to -65°F (-55°C) Patents Pending .cULus Listing, FM Approval, and NFPA 13 installs require a minimum of 7 psi (0.5 bar). The minimum operating pressure for LPCB and CE Approvals ONLY is 5 psi (0.35 bar). tMetric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Material Standards: Sprinkler Body: Brass UNS-C84400 Deflector: Copper UNS-C19500 for Sprinkler VK462 Phosphor Bronze UNS-051000 for Sprinkler VK463 Deflector Pins: Stainless Steel Alloy Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Form No. F_103005 18.10.11 Rev 18.2.P65 Replaces Form No. F_103005 Rev 18.2 (Added P65 Warning.) Page 2 of 7 MIRAGE® STANDARD AND QR CONCEALED PENDENT "JII(IF1G SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818.1680 Email: techsvcs©vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-530400 Button: Brass UNS-C36000 Screws: 18-8 Stainless Steel Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with Teflon Tape Yoke: Phosphor Bronze UNS-051000 Cover Adapter: Cold Rolled Steel UNS-G10080, Finish: Clear Chromate over Zinc Plating Cover Assembly Materials: Cover: Copper UNS-C11000 or Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 Base: Brass UNS-C26000 or UNS-C26800 Springs: Nickel Alloy Solder: Eutectic Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Viking Mirage® Standard and Quick Response Concealed Pendent Sprinklers and Cover Plate Assemblies must be ordered separately: Sprinkler: Base Part No. VK462 - 13503A for Brass finish and 13503JN for ENT finish. VK463 - HP Base Part No. 13667A Specify sprinkler temperature rating by adding the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating to the base part number: Temperature Suffix: 155 °F (68 "C) = B, 175 "F (79 °C) = D, 200 "F (93 °C) = E For example, sprinkler VK463 with a 155 °F (68 °C) temperature rating = 13667AB. Standard Cover Plate Assembly: Base Part No. 13504 (2-3/4" diameter), Base Part No. 13642 (3-5/16" diameter), or Base Part No. 15394 (square cover plate, 3-5/16") Specify finish and temperature rating of the cover plate assembly by adding the appropriate suffixes for the finish and the cover temperature rating to the base part number: Finish Suffix: Polished Chrome = F, Brushed Chrome = F-/B, Bright Brass = B, Antique Brass = B-/A, Brushed Brass = B-/B, Brushed Copper = E-/B, Painted White = M-/W, Painted Ivory = M-/l, Painted Black = M-/B Temperature Suffix: 135 "F (57 °C) UL (139 °F (59 "C) FM and LPCB) = A, 165 "F (74 °C) = C For example, cover 13504 with a Polished Chrome finish and a 165 °F (74 "C) temperature rating = 13504FC. Stainless Steel Cover Plates (not availble with any finish or paint): Base Part No. 21876 (2-3/4" diameter) or Base Part No. 21875 (3-5/16" diameter). Temperature Suffix: 135 "F (57 "C) UL (139 "F (59 °C) FM and LPCB) = A, 165 "F (74 °C) = C For example, cover 21876 with a 165 "F (74 °C) temperature rating = 21876C NOTE: The cULus Listings for the square cover plate 15394 are for the 135 "F (57 "C) temperature rated cover plate only. Refer to the Approval Chart. Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the Viking website.) Sprinkler Wrenches**: Heavy Duty Wrench Part No. 14047W/B (available since 2006), or Head Cabinet Wrench Part No. 14031*** (available since 2006) Optional Concealed Cover Plate Installer Tool Part No. 14412 for cover 13504, or Part No. 14867 for the large diameter cover (available since 2007) **Requires a 1/2' ratchet (not available from Viking). ***Optional for removal of the protective cap. Ideal for sprinkler cabinets. Sprinkler Cabinet: Part No. 01731A (available since 1971) INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. OPERATION During fire conditions, when the temperature around the sprinkler approaches its operating temperature, the cover plate detaches. Continued heating of the exposed sprinkler causes the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb to expand and the bulb to shatter, releasing the yoke, pip-cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. AVAILABILITY Viking Sprinklers VK462 and VK463 are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Form No. F_103005 18.10.11 Rev 18.2.P65 Page 3 of 7 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com TABLE 1: AVAILABLEiSPRINKLER TEMPERATURE 1RATIN GS 11AND FINISHES Sprinkler Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient Temperature Rating of Cover Cover Plate Large Cover Square Cover Temperature Temperature Ceiling Assembly (Required) Base Part Plate Base Part Plate Base Part Bulb Color Classification Rating' Temperature2 Number3 Number3 Number3 135°F (57 °C) cULus Ordinary 155 °F (68° C) 100 °F (38 °C) 13504 or 218761 13642 or 218755 15394 Red 139 °F (59 °C) FM and LPCB Intermediate 175 °F (79° C) 150 °F (65° C) 165 °F (74 °C) 13504 or 21876 13642 or 218755 1 15394 1 Yellow Intermediate 200 °F (93° C) 150 °F (65° C) 165 °F (74 °C) 113504 or 21876 13642 or 218755 1 15394 1 Green Cover Plate Finishes': Polished Chrome, Brushed Chrome, Bright Brass, Antique Brass, Brushed Brass, Brushed Copper, Painted White, Painted Ivory, or Painted Black Sprinkler Finishes: Brass and ENT Corrosion Resistant Coatings4: ENT Footnotes 1 The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the sprinkler deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. The corrosion resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Charts. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are compat- ible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the ENT coating is applied to all exposed exterior surfaces, including the waterway, but the Belleville spring is exposed. Stainless Steel versions are not available with any finishes or paint. \\ \!IKII'° I All custom color painted cover plates will have an identifying label affixed to the inside of the cover that indicates the custom color and will have a representative sample (a paint dot) of the paint on the label. Figure 1: Identification of Custom Paint for Concealed Covers 4 3-5/16" (84 mm) Figure 2: Square Cover Assembly 15394 Form No. F_103005 18.10.11 Rev 18.2.P65 Page 4 of 7 MIRAGE® STANDARD AND 4~j I jU M QR CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs©vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com - n--- spriniderTemperature RatingApproval Chart I (UL) — coverpiateTempecatureRang Mirage® Concealed Pendent Sprinklers VK462 and VK463 Cover Plate Finish KEY J Sprinkler Thread Nominal Maximum Listings and Approvals4 SIN Size K-Factor Water Working (Refer also to Design Criteria) Base Part No.' I Inch mm U.S. metric? Pressure cULus' I NYC I VdS7 I LPCB I CE 012 Standard Response Applications 13503A VK462 1/2" - 5.6 80.6 175 psi (12 bar) - -- AY1, CZ1 AYI, BZ1 AY1, CZ18 AY3 -- 19785A VK462 1/2" - 5.6 1 80.6 175 psi (12 bar) - -- - -- -- - AY2, CZ2 21356A VK462 - 15 5.6 80.6 175 psi (12 bar) -- -- - -- -- -- AY2,CZ2 Quick Response Applications 13503A VK462 1/2" 15 5.6 80.6 175 psi (12 bar) AV1, BX1, AS3, AV1, BX16 - - -- AY3 -- BT3 AV1, BX1, 13503JN11 VK462 1/2" 15 5.6 80.6 175 psi (12 bar) AV1, BX16 - - -- -- -- AS3, BT3 13667A VK463 1/2" 15 —66-1,80.6 250 psi (17.2 bar)' AV1, BX1 I AV1, BX16 - -- -- -- -- Cover Plate Assembly Temperature Ratings1'9 Sprinkler Temperature S - 135 °F (57 °C) cover 21876 or 21875 (large diameter) Cover Plate Assembly Finishes10 Ratings I - 165 °F (74 °C) cover 21876 or 21875 (large diameter) 1 - Polished Chrome, Brushed Chrome, Bright Brass, Antique A- 155 "F (68 °C) °F °C) V - 135 (57 cULus Listed cover 13504, 13642 (large diameter), 0115394 (square cover plate) Brass, Brushed Brass, Brushed Copper, Painted White, B - 175 °F (79 C) and 200 °F x - 165 "F (74 °C) cover 13504, 0113642 (large diameter) Painted Ivory, or Painted Black 2 - Brass (93 °C) Y - 135 °F (57 °C) cover 13504 LPCB Approved as 139 °F C - 200 °F (93 "C) (59 °C) - Stainless Steel Z - 165 "F (74 "C) cover 13504 Footnotes Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. The Water Working Pressure rating is stamped on the deflector. This chart shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. Listed by Underwriter's Laboratories for use in the U.S. and Canada. I Accepted for use, City of New York Department of Buildings, MEA Number 89-92-E, Vol. 32. VdS Approved, standards VdS 2344:2005-12, VdS 2100-25:2008-01, and EN 12259-1:1999 + A1:2001 + A2:2004 + A3:2006, Certificate G4080021. 8 CE Certified, Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0786-CPD40249. The 135/139 °F cover has an orange label. The 165 °F (74 °C) cover has a white label. ID Painted finish consists of Polyester Baked Enamel. Other paint colors are available on request with the same listings as the standard paint colors. Listings and approvals apply for any paint manufacturer. Contact Viking for additional information. 11 cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 12 MED Certified, Standard 12259-1, EC-certificate 0832-MED-1003. NOTE: Custom colors are indicated on a label inside the cover assembly. Refer to Figure 1. Form No. F103005 18.10.11 Rev 18.2.P65 Page 5 of 7 MIRAGE® STANDARD AND QR CONCEALED PENDENT 'J l:lI[iui7M SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com DESIGN CRITERIA -UL (Also refer to Approval Chart 1) cULus Listing Requirements: Mirages Concealed Pendent Sprinklers VK462 and VK463 are cULus Listed as quick response for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard coverage pendent spray sprinklers as indicated below. For hazard occupancies up to and including Ordinary Hazard, Group II. Protection areas and maximum spacing shall be in accordance with the tables provided in NFPA 13. Maximum spacing allowed is 15 ft. (4.6 m). Minimum spacing allowed is 6 ft. (1.8 m) unless baffles are installed in accordance with NFPA 13. Minimum distance from walls is 4 in. (102 mm). Maximum distance from walls shall be no more than one-half of the allowable distance between sprinklers. The distance shall be measured perpendicular to the wall. The sprinkler obstruction rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard coverage pendent spray sprinklers must be followed. NOTE: Concealed sprinklers must be installed in neutral or negative pressure plenums only. VdS AoDroval Requirements: The sprinkler can be installed in a concrete ceiling (massive ceiling) or in a false ceiling made of light materials. This sprinkler is deflector fixed type and can be only activated by heat. The housing is not tight. Follow installation guidelines of current standards, CEA4001VdS and EN 12845. These sprinklers can only be installed in LH and OH occupan- cies, except in OH4. NOTES: Due to the design the sprinkler type Domed-CCP' shall not be installed in false ceilings in which the false ceiling space is protected by a water extinguishing system. Due to the design the sprinkler type Domed-CCP' shall not be installed in false ceilings in which during a fire the pressure above the false ceiling may be assumed to be higher than the pressure below the false ceiling. The criterion for the dropping of the cover relevant for this approval is heat. Steps of installation: Prepare the sprinkler key. Remove the plastic cover. Hold the sprinkler with the wrench and fasten it. Replace the plastic cover and do not remove until the cover is installed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F_103005 18.10.11 Rev 18.2.P65 Page 6 of 7 MIRAGE® STANDARD AND QR CONCEALED PENDENT N41viNG;® SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Approval Chart 2 (FM)SprinklerTe Rating Cover Plate Temperature Rang Miragee Standard Response Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK462 .Awl* Cover Plate Finish KEY Sprinkler Base NPT Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Maximum - -- FM Approvals3 Part No.' I SIN I Water Working (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) I Inch I mm U.S.metric? Pressure 13503A VK462 1/2" 15 5.6 80.6 175 psi (12 bar) Awl, BX1,AY2, BZ2 Cover Plate Assembly Temperature Rating&'4 Cover Plate Assembly Finishes' °C) Y - 139°F (59 cover 21875 or 21876 Sprinkler Temperature Ratings z - 165 °F (74 °C) cover 21875 or 21876 1 - Polished Chrome, Brushed Chrome, Bright A- 155°F (68 °C) W - 139°F (59 °C) cover 13504, 13642 (large diameter), or Brass, Antique Brass, Brushed Brass, B - 175 °F (79 °C) and 200 °F (93 °C) 15394 (square cover plate) Brushed Copper, Painted White, Painted X - 165 °F (74 °C) cover 13504, 13642 (large diameter), or Ivory, or Painted Black 15394 (square cover plate) 2 - Stainless Steel Footnotes 1 Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule, 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. This chart shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Check with the manufacturer for any additiona approvals. The 139 °F (59 °C) cover has an orange label. The 165 °F (74 °C) cover has a white label. Painted finish consists of Polyester Baked Enamel. Other paint colors are available on request with the same listings as the standard paint colors Listings and approvals apply for any paint manufacturer. Contact Viking for additional information. NOTE: Custom colors are indicated on a label inside the cover assembly. Refer to Figure 1. DESIGN CRITERIA -FM (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) FM AoDroval Requirements: Viking Concealed Pendent Sprinkler VK462 is FM Approved as a standard response Non-Storage concealed pendent sprinkler as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to Form No. F_080614 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organiza- tions, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F_103005 18.10.11 Rev 18.2.P65 Page 7 of 7 MIRAGES STANDARD AND QR CONCEALED PENDENT N41KJNG; SPRINKLER VK462 AND HP SPRINKLER VK463 (K5.6) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs©vikingcorp.com Visit the Viking website for the latest edition of this technical data page: www.vikinggroupinc.com Sprinkler and Adapter Assembly - Protective cap Sprinkler Wrench removed Part No. 14047WB** Use wrench 14047WB** Step 1: Carefully slide the wrench sideways around the deflector and pins [ 2-1/4" (57 mm) diameter opening / required in the ceiling. Step 2: t Carefully press the wrench upward and turn slightly to ensure engagement with the sprinkler wrench flats. NEVER install the sprinkler by applying the installation wrench across the frame arms. DO NOT overtighten. Use only the designated sprinkler wrenches, Viking Part Numbers 14047WB** or 14031**. A leak tight seal should be achieved by turning the sprinkler clockwise I to 1-1/2 turns beyond finger tight. Figure 3: Sprinkler Installation and Proper Wrench Usage ** A 1/2" ratchet is required (Not available from Viking) Sprinkler frame arms Sprinkler wrench fla 1/2" (15 mm) NPT 2-9/16" (65 mm) Mama_ L 21/162 Ln Minimum :Ti!J!i %• _____ 2-3/4" (70 mm) or NOTE: Upon sprinkler activation, the deflector descends 3-5/16" (84 mm) to approximately 13/16" (21 mm) below the sprinkler body. Figure 4: Sprinkler Dimensions and Cover Installation Form No. F_103005 18.10.11 Rev 18.2.P65 Replaces Form No. F_103005 Rev 18.2 (Added P65 Warning.) FM Approved and UL Listed Sprinkler Pipe Bull Moose Tube Company is a recognized producer of quality pipe products. Our Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are FM Approved and UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), even though these products do not require separate approvals and listings. Bull Moose Tube made the decision to have them approved and listed for your peace of mind. Our Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 have been through the same rigorous testing as our other fine pipe products. Bull Moose Tube's Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 pipes are made to ASTM A135 and ASTM A795. These products are typically supplied with our protective coating but can be supplied without the coating so they can be hot-dip galvanized to meet FM requirements for use in dry systems in accordance with the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or ASTM A53. Schedule 10 Pipe II I nvj[ mom 11 1 1.315 1.097 1.41 lbs/ft 91 11/4 1.660 1.442 1.81 lbs/ft 61 11/2 1.900 1.682 2.09 lbs/ft 61 2 2.375 2.157 2.64 lbs/ft 37 21/2 2.875 2.635 3.53 lbs/ft 30 3 3.500 3.260 4.34 lbs/ft 19 4 4.500 4.260 5.62 lbs/ft 19 Schedule 40IPipe i 1 1.315 1.049 1.68 lbs/ft 70 11/4 1.660 1.380 2.27 lbs/ft 51 11/2 1.900 1.610 2.72 lbs/ft 44 2 2.375 2.067 3.66 lbs/ft 30 21/2 2.875 2.468 5.80 lbs/ft 30 3 3.500 3.068 7.58 lbs/ft 19 4 4.500 4.260 10.80 lbs/ft 19 PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. 1819 Clarkson Road For additional information, C us Chesterfield, MO 63017 contact your salesperson (800) 325-4467 today at (800) 325-4467 or LISTED 6 8 BULL. MOOSE TUBE COMY FAX: (636) 537-2645 (636) 537-2600 in the USA, www.bullmoosetube.com or from Canada ACOcompany e-mail: sales@bullmoosetube.com call (800) 882-4666 <i > ______ APPROVED All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. 8/08 NO. 20 TEE NO. 10 ELBOW ALTERNATE STYLES Victaulic offers a broad line of fittings in sizes through 60'/1500mm in a variety of straight and reducing styles. Most standard fittings are cast of durable ductile iron to precise tolerances. Victaulic standard fittings pressure ratings conform to the ratings of Victaulic Style 77 couplings. All fittings are supplied with grooves to permit fast installation without field preparation. The grooved design permits flexibility for easy alignment. These fittings are not intended for use with Victaulic couplings for plain end pipe (refer to Section 14.04 for fittings available for plain end applications). Fittings are provided in various materials including ductile iron, steel or segmentally welded steel depending on styles and size. Fittings are painted orange enamel with a galvanized finish available as an option, contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic fittings are designed specifically for use in grooved piping systems. Fittings are provided grooved conforming to standard steel pipe outside diameters. When connecting wafer or lug-type butterfly valves directly to Victaulic fittings with 741 or 743 Vic-Flange® adapters, check disc clearance dimensions with ID. dimension of fitting. Note: The following Victaulic fittings are VdS approved: No. 1090" Elbow, No.11 45" Elbow, No.20 Tee and No.60 Cap. Note: The following Victaulic fittings are LPCB approved: No.10 90" Elbow, No. 11 45" Elbow, No.12 22½" Elbow, No.13 111/4" Elbow, No.30 45" Lateral, No.30-R Reducing Lateral, No. 100 Long Radius Elbow, No. 110 Long Radius Elbow, No.20 Tee, No.35 Cross, No.60 Cap, No.25 Reducing Tee, No.33 True Wye, No.50 Concentric Reducer, No.51 Eccentric Reducer and No.29M Tee with Threaded Branch. Advanced Groove System - For 14-607350 - 1500 mm piping systems, Victaulic now offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). Refer to Section 20.05 for AGS fitting details. Stainless Steel - Grooved end fittings are available in Schedule 10 Type 316 stainless steel (Schedule 5, 40 and Type 304 available as an option) in various sizes. Fitting center-to-end dimensions will vary depending upon type and schedule. Refer to Section 17.04 and 17.16 for details. Aluminum - Grooved end fittings are available in aluminum alloy 356 T6, in sizes from 1 - 8/25 — 200 mm. Refer to Section 21.03 or contact Victaulic for details. Fabricated Steel - A full range of fabricated segemtnally welded steel or full flow grooved end fittings are available refer to section 07.04. Fabricated Steel with AGS Vic-Rings - A full range of full flow fabricated fittings with Vic-Rings are also available. AGS - ADVANCED GROOVE SYSTEM Extra Heavy EndSeal® "ES" Fittings - EndSeal fittings are available in 2— 12/50 - 300mm for use with "ES" grooved pipe and HP-70ES EndSeal couplings. "ES" fittings are painted black for easy identification. EndSeal (and standard) fittings may be easily internally coated (by others) for severe service requirements. Always specify "ES EndSeal fittings" when ordering. See Section 07.03 for information on EndSeal fittings. Fittings Machined for Rubber or Urethane Lining (MRL) - For severe abrasive services, Victaulic fittings may be rubber or urethane lined (by others). Lining may be inside diameter/end (abrasion resistance) or wrap-around (corrosion and/or abrasion) machined. Refer to Section 25.03 or contact Victaulic for specific details. Note: Fittings are available with a variety of coatings upon request such as hot dip galvanized, epoxy, glass lined and others. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Approved Date www.victaulic.com vicTAuLic IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF viciuic COMPANY. 0 2012 ViCTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REVR \jtauhcr 07.01_i CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS Grooved End Fittings MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. o Or: Segmentally welded steel as shown under nipples Nipples: (adapter, swaged & hose) 3/4 - 4/20 - 100mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type F 5— 6/125 - 150mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type E or 5, Gr. B 8— 12/200 - 300mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 30 or 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type E or 5, Gr. B Flanged Adapter Nipples: (Nipple - see above) Class 125 Flange: Cast iron conforming to ANSI B-16.1 Class 150 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B-16.5, raised or flat face Class 300 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B-16.5, raised or flat face Fitting Coatings: Orange enamel Optional: Hot dip galvanized and others. Some fittings supplied electroplated as standard - see product specifications. Flanged Adapter Nipple Coating: None (Unfinished) Optional: Orange enamel, hot dip galvanized and others. www.victaulic.com - - VICTAuLIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vicTAuLic COMPANY. * 2012 vIcTAuLIc COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. •ctaul.c 07.01_2 REVR CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS 07.01 Grooved End Fittings The chart expresses the frictional resistance of various Victaulic fittings as equivalent feet of straight pipe. Fittings not listed can be estimated from the data given, for example, a 22W elbow is one-nail me resistance oi a 40 eioow. values or mid-sizes can ce inte 1.315 1.7 0.8 4.2 1.7 25 33.7 -- 2.375 0.5 -,----- 3.5 . -+-------- - 2.5 0.2 -,- - 1.8 - 1.1 1.3 8.5 0.5 3.5 ______ 2 50 60.3 - 3.000 1.1 - 4.3 1 0.8 - 0.5 2.1 0.3 - - 2.6 10.8 1.1 4.3 76.1 mm 76.1 3.500 . 1.3 t " 5.0 . 3.8 0.7 I ------ 2.6 --- 1.6 3.3 ..- 13.0 1.3 _ 50 3 80 88.9 4.250 1.5 +- .........-- 6.4 1.2 0.8 I 3.2 "1 - - ............- 0.5 4.0 15.3 1.5 - - 6.4 mm - 108.0 4.500 2.0 6.8 - 5.0 0.9 .- 3.4 - 2.1 4.7 16.0 2.0 6.8 4 100 114.3 5.250 I 2.1 8.1 1.5 1.0 4.1 0.6 4.9 - 200 2,1 + 8.1 mm - 133.0 5.500 2.5 85 - i - - 1.2 I - 4.2 - - - I - 6.2 - 21.0 2.5 - 8.5 mm - 139.7 -- ---4----- 5.563 2.6 -I 8.5 ----- 1.3 --4-------- 4.2 - - -.- 6..4 21.0 2.6 . 8.5 _________ 5 125 141.3 _' 6.250 2.6 ~ 9.4 - 1.3 i 4.9 - 6.4 25.0 2.6 - 9.6 159.0 mm 159.0 6.500 2.9 9.6 - - 1.5 5.0 - 7.6 25.0 2.9 10.0 1651 mm - 165.1 6.625 2.9 10.0 . - 7.5 1.5 - 5.0 - 3.0 7.6 25.0 3.0 10.0 6 150 168.3 8.625 3.0 13.0 - 2.3 9.8 1.5 6.5 0.9 4.0 7.6 33.0 3.0 13.0 8 200 219,1 10.750 4.0 17.0 3.0 12.0 2.0 8.3 1.2 5.0 10.1 41.0 4.0 17.0 10 250 5.2 273.0 -1--- ---- 12.750 20.0 1- -- . 3.7 14.5 -------f-- 2.5 - -- 10.0 1.5 6.0 - - 125 50.0 5.2 20.0 12 300 323.9 14.000 - -.+--------+-------+- 6.1 24.5 § 4.4 15.8 3.0 V. 18.5 § 1.8 11.0 15.2 70.0 6.1 23.0 _____ 14 350 355.6 16.000 7.5 28.08 4.8 18.0 5.6 21.05 3.4 13.0 21.3 80.0 7.0 - 27.0 16 400 406.4 85 _____----f-----------4------------I-- 5.5 6.4 ----------- 4,0 --I- 24,4 '----4- 8.2 18 18.000 31.05 20.0 23.5 § 14.0 90.0 30.0 450 457.0 20.000- 9.5 1. -34.0 - ------4----- 6,1 7.2 -4- --- -- - 4- - 4.3 - 1- -. 27.4 ' 9.1 + - 20 I 34.05 § 22.5 25.5 § 16.0 - 100.0 33.0 800 508.0 24.000 1 10.4 -4-,--- 42.05 -4- --- 6.9 27.0 7.8 -4--- - - 29.5 § 4.9 ± 19.0 30.5 120.0 10.1 400 24 600 6100 j12.8 8.2 9.0 •_ ,5.8 36.6 12.2 Fittings available up to 6011500 mm. Contact Victaulic for details. S Contact Victaulic for details. S For roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales office. § Fitting flow data for 14-247350-600 mm size No. 10 and No. 11 Elbows is based on fittings for Style 07 and 77 couplings. For flow data on AGS fittings (No. W10 and No. W11 Elbows), refer to submittal 20.05. Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an "sw or "s. S= Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) SW= Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Q 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REVR JtaUIicr 07.013 FLOW DATA (Frictional Resistance) CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS Grooved End Fittings Reducing Tee bCtoE r- CtoE T NO. 25 Grooved Branch NO. 29T Threaded Branch C 11d, ft_1T c NO. 25 NO. 291 T_ ~ I = 11 an ______ 1 1 X 3/4 2.25sw 2.24 sw 1.0 25 20 57 2.75 SW 57 2.755w 0.5 .3 11/4 1 ¼ 1 32 32 x 25 70 2.75 sw 70 2.755w 0.6 1.5 1 ½ 11/2 3/4 x 40 40 20 70 70 0.7 1 2.75 SW 2.75 SW 1.5 25 70 70 0.7 1 ¼ 2.75 SW 2.755w 1.7 32 70 70 3.25 0.8 2.5 2 2 3/4 3.25 50 >< 50 < 20 83 83 1.1 1 3.25 3.25 2.7 25 -83- 83 + - - 1.2 11/4 3.25 sw - 3.25 sw 1.8 32 83 83 0.8 1112 3.25 3.255w 3.0 40 83 83 3.75 sw 1.4 3.9 21/2 21/2 3/4 3.755w 65 65 5< 20 95 95 1.8 -- 1 3.75 3.755w 3.8 25 95 95 1.7 -- 1 ¼ 3.75 sw 3.75 sw 4.2 32 ..L 95 1.7 1 ½ 3.75 3.75 . 3.9 40 95 95 1.8 ---1------- 2 3.75 3.755w 4.5 50 95 95 4.25 sw I 2.0 5.7 3 3 1/4 4.25sw 80 < 80 5< 20 108 108 2.6 1 4.25 4.25 6.1 25 108 108 2.8 + - 11/4 4.25 sw 4.25 sw 8.0 32 108 108 3.6 -- 1½ 4.25 4.25 sw 6.5 40 108 108 2.9 2 4.25 4.25 sw 6.2 50 108 108 2.8 21/2 4.25 4.25 sw 6.4 65 108 108 5.00 sw 2.9 8.0 4 4 3/4 5.00sw 100 < 100 >< 20 127 127 3.6 r 1 5.00 5.00 7.8 25 127 127 3.5 07.01 - CtoE-1 -CtoE.1 to to NO. 25-SW NO. 29T-SW 4 100 < 4 100 1¼ >< 32 1 ½ 40 - 2 50 21/2 65 - 3 80 5.00 sw 127 5.00 127 --- --. 5.00 127 5.00 127 - _.. 5.00 127 5.50sw 5.005w 127 5.00 127 5.00 127 5.00 127 - 5.00 127 5.50sw ~ .......... 9.6 4.4 10.2 4.6 11.2 5.1 11.4 5.2 . 11.6 5,3 - 14.0 5 5 1 125 >< 125 x 25 140 140 . 6.4 - --- ------1- ---- 11/2 5.50sw 5.50sw 14.3 40 140 140 6.5 - ---- .-.- ---- .- 1- - 2 5.505w 5505w 14.5 50 140 140 6.6 21/2 5.50 5.50sw 15.2 65 140 140 6.9 3 5.50 5.505w 16.6 80 140 140 7.5 4 5.50 5.505w 16.7 100 140 6.505w 140 6.505w 7.6 23.0 6 6 1 x x 150 150 25 165 165 10.4 -. 1½ 6.505w 6.50 SW 24.0 40 165 165 10.9 - 2 6.50 6.50 21.6 50 165 165 9.8 - -- - - - - + 2½ 6.50 6.50 21.4 65 165 165 11.7 14-60" AGS"For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.0 350-1500mm + Contact Victaulic for details. Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an "sw" or "s S= Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) SW= Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded IMPORTANT NOTE: No. 29T Threaded Outlet Reducing Tees are supplied NPT and are available with British Standard threads. For British Standard specify "BSP clearly on order. www.victaulic.com vicTAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. e 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 07.01_lO 4taUuicr REV CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS 07.01 Grooved End Fittings Reducing Tee bCtoEl -CtoE.1 CtoE - j.-CtoE.1 NO. 25 Grooved Branch T NO. 29T Threaded Branch C to to to _ to E NO. 25 NO. 291 NO. 25-SW NO. 291-SW 12 12 1 10.005w 10.00sw 77.0 6 6 3 x 6.50 6.50 26.5 150 150 80 165 + 165 12.-0 300 300 25 254 254 34.9 4 6.50 6.50 25.0 2 10005w 10.005w 80.0 100 165 165 11.3 50 254 254 36.3 - 5 6.50 6.50 23.2 21/2 10.005w 10,00sw 78.0 125 165 6.50 . 165 650sw 10.5 24.0 65 3 254 254 35.4 10.00sw 10.005w 82.0 61/2 6½ 3 165.1 165.1 x 80 165 165 10.9 80 254 254 37.2 4 6.50 6.50sw 25.0 4 10.00sw 10.005w 80.0 100 165 7.755w 165 7.75sw 11.3 33.0 100 5 254 254 36.3 4-.. 10.00sw 10.005w 75.0 8 8 1½ x 200 200 40 197 197 - 15.0 125 254 254 34.0 2 7.75sw 7.755w 33.5 6 10.005w 10.00sw 75.0 50 197 197 15.2 150 254 254 34.0 21/2 7,75sw 7.75sw 39.0 8 10.005w 10.005w 80.0 65 197 --.- 4- 197 17.7 - - - 200 254 254 36.3 3 7.75sw 7.755w 33.6 10 . - 10.00sw 10.005w 84.0 80 197 197 15.2 250 254 254 38.1 #14 14 4 4 7.75 7.75 41.8 11.005w 11.00sw - 102.0 100 197 197 19.0 350 x 350 x 100 279 279 46.3 5 7.75sw 7.755w 34.0 6 . 11.00sw 11.005w 108.2 125 197 197 15.4 150 279 279 49.1 6 7.75 7.75 42.3 8 11.00 11.00 112.0 150 197 --4-- 197 . --.. 19.2 - 200 279 279 50.8 165.1 7.755w 7.755w 480 10 I ----- -'----'- + 11.00 11.00 120.0 197 - 9.00 197 9.00 21.8 620 300 12 I 279 279 54.4 11.00 11.00 129.1 10 10 11/2 x 250 >< 250 40 229 - 229 28.1 300 279 279 58.6 -. .. 4 2 9.005w 9.005w 62.0 130.0 50 229 229 28.1 100 Rim + + 59.0 2½ 9.005w 9005w 62.4 - . . - 65 229 229 28.3 information, AGS For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 3 9,00sw - 9.00sw - + Contact Victaulic for details. 80 229 229 272 Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an "sw' or 's' 4 ' - 9.00sw - -- 900sw - ' 610 100 229 229 27.7 S= Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) - - 5 9.00sw 9,00sw 52.0 SW= Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded 125 229 229 23.6 - IMPORTANT NOTE: 6 - - 900sw 9 - 150 229 229 26.8 No. 291 Threaded Outlet Reducing Tees are supplied NPT and are available 8 9,00sw + - 9,005w 64.7 with British Standard threads. For British Standard specify "BSP" clearly 200 229 , 229 29.3 on order. 8 For roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales office. www.victaulic.com \4.tauIic vicTAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vicTAuLic COMPANY. © 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_R 07.01_11 CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS Grooved End Fittings Reducing Tee NO. 25 Grooved Branch NO. 29T Threaded Branch ze rN55iii Inches Inches. #16 16 6 1200sw 12.00sw 133.5 400 x 400 x 150 305 305 60.6 f...... 8 I 12.00 12.00 145.0 200 I 305 305 65.8 10 12.00 12.00 149.5 250 305 305 67.8 12 12.00 - 12.00 154.0 300 305 305 69.9 14 12.005w 167.0 350 305 - 75.8 I ---- -1- .-- ---- - # 18 18 4 15.50sw 15.50sw 194.0 450 450 100 ........ 394 394 88.0 6 15.505w 15.50sw 200.0 150 394 394 90.7 8 15.50sw 15.50sw 202.0 200 394 394 91.6 -----4---- . - - 10 - 15.50 15.50 212.0 250 394 394 96.2 - .-- ~ 12 15.50 15.50 222.6 - 300 394 394 101.0 14 15.50 230.1 350 394 - 104.4 . - 167 15.50 247.6 400 394 - 112.3 #20 20 x 6 17.25 - 17.25 240.0 500 500 X150 438 - + 438 -- 108.9__ 8 17.25 17.25 244.0 200 438 -- 438 110.7 -. 10 . 17.25 - 17.25 256.0 250 438 438 1161 12 1725 17.25 -- 264.0 300 -I. 14 438 - --- ------ 17.25 - -I- 438 --------'- 1198. - -- 275.0 350 438 - 124.7 07.01 bCtoEl -CtoE-1 to to NO. 25 NO. 291 'X . - 11 om 11 % 1~ t #20 20 16 500 500 400 17.25 438 288.6 - 130.9 18 450 17.25 438 20,00 508 297.0 - -134.7 20.00 340.0 508 154.2 # 24 x 24 x 8 600 600 200 10 250 20.00 508 20.00 - 343.9 508 156.0 12 300 20.00 508 20.00 352.8 508 160.0 145 350 20.00 508 360.0 - - 163.3 16 400 20.00 508 378.0 - 171.5 18 § 450 20.00 508 380.0 - 172.4 I-- - 20 500 20.00 508 373.0 - 169.2 F 350-1500 min For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.051 + Contact Victaulic for details. Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an "sw" or "s' S= Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) SW= Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded IMPORTANT NOTE: No. 29T Threaded Outlet Reducing Tees are supplied NPT and are available with British Standard threads. For British Standard specify "BSP" clearly on order. S For roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales office. § Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. www.victaulic.com ictaulid vlcTAuuc IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vicTAuLic COMPANY. © 2012 vlcTAuuc COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 0701_12 REV_R INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at wv.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. UPDATED 08/2012 07.01 1449 REV R ictaulic VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 07.01 FireLock EZ® Rigid STYLE 009H The FireLock EZ Style 009H coupling is a rigid, installation-ready coupling for fire protection pipe joining. The coupling's unique design eliminates loose parts, insures consistent installation and provides substantial gains in productivity. IMPORTANT FireLock EZ Style 009H couplings are recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems PATENTED LISTINGS/APPROVALS * The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Standard Pipe 1¼ 175 365 r 365 365 365 _2 1206251725172517 2517 1½ 175 365 365 365 365 40 1206 2517 2517 ~ 5i2 _..1L.. 2 175 365 365 365 ' 365 50 1206 2517 2517 2517 2517 2½ - N/A 65 25172517 2517 -± 27 761 mm N/A N/A 365 365 365 2517** 2517 - - - - + 2517 365 365 365 365 N/A - 80 - 2517_ 2517 2517 I- 2517 108 mm N/A N/A - -4----- 1- N/A N/A 365 365 365 365 - 19_ + 25,25172517 . 2517 133 mm N/A 290— 365~ N/A N/A 139.7 mm N/A N/A ;:. o 365 217 165.1 mm N/A N/A i.O N/A • 290 365 232 365 150# . 1999 2517 1600 2517 * Listed/Approved for wet and dry pipe systems (>-40°F/-40°C). Please refer to the Victaulic Installation Manual (1-009H_009_009V.pdf) for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. ** EN-10219(L) for 76.1mm size; EN-10255(M) Regional availability only# ** * FM Approved only. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para__________ Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REVG JtaUIicr 10.611 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS FireLock EZ® Rigid Coupling STYLE 009H LISTINGS/APPROVALS * Speciality Pipe BLT 1 /4-2 300 300 EZT i 4 _ 300 300 2068 300 2068 300 220 300 2068 300 DF 1 '4 - 2068 30 2068 FF 1/4-4 2068 2068 300 114-2 114-4 2068 175 2068 175 FLF FLT 114-4 -2 N/A N/A 2068 300 EF 1206 300 300 11/4 - 2 N/A 2068 300 EL 1 V42 FLTL 2068 300 2068 300 300 2068 300 - 2068 300 2068 300 GL 11/4 -4 4 1/_22 2068 300 300 EZF MF 2068 2068 2068 2068 10.61 MT 1 ¼ - 2 300 300 2068 2068 MLT 1/42 N/A 300 2068 ST 111/4 -2 N/A 300 2068 STF 1¼-4 N/A 300 2068 TF 2¼-4 N/A 300 068 WLS 1 ¼ - 2 300 300 2068 2068 WST 1¼ N/A 175-2 1206 XL 11/4-2 300 300 j 2068 2068 Note: The Specialty Pipe table only applies to imperial sizes, NOT to metric sizes. www.victaulic.com 14tauijc. vICTAuLIc IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 0 2012 VICTAIJLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.61_2 REVG IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.61 FireLock EZ® Rigid Coupling STYLE 009H STYLE 009H DIMENSIONS K it 11 ci IF á1 _ JL,• IL )1/4 1.660 365 790 0.10 2 -3/8x2 2.95 4.77 2.70 4.63 1.93 1.4 32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 - M10x2 75 121 69 118 49 0.7 '----- - - 1½ 1.900 365 1035 0.10 2 -3/8x2 3.19 4.97 2.94 4.79 1.93 1.5 40 48.3 2517 46 - 04 2.54 - M10 x 2 .- 81 126 75 122 49 0.7 1- - ,. - . 1- ---1------$---- - -. STYLE 009H PRE-ASSEMBLED 2 2.37 5 365 1616 0.12 2 - 3/8 x 2 3.79 5.53 3.45 5.42 1.93 1.9 (PUSH ON CONDITION) 50 60.3 2517 7193 - 3.05 - M10 x -----t- 2 96 140 . 88 138 49 0.9 0 -± 1---------_-_- -- .- ...... 2½ 2.875 365 2370 0.12 2 - 3/8 x 2½ 429 6.09 3.92 5.85 1.93 21 6 ~Z4 65 73.0 2517 10542 3.05 -M10x2½ 109 155 100 149 49 1.0 - 3.000 365 2580 0.12 2 - 3/8 x 2 1/2 4.40 6.31 4.05 5.90 1.93 2.1 76.1 mm 76.1 2517 , 11476:3.05: -M10x21/2 112 160 103 150 49 1.0 * 1- -- -1---- -. - -, 3 3.500 " 365 3512 0.12 2 - 3/8 x 2½ 4.91 6.70 4.55 6.46 1.93 2.3 80 88.9 2517 ' 15622 3.05 -M10x2½ 125 170 116 164 49 1.0 108 mm -- -----H -. ------4- ............-. I-- 4.250 365 5178 0.17. 2 - 3/8 x 2 1/2 5.56 7.61 5.27 7.51 2.14 2.8 108.0 2517 23030 4.32 - M10 x 2½ 141 193 134 191 54 1.2 -- , I -.----- - STYLE 009H JOINT ASSEMBLED 4 4.500 365 5805 0.17 2 - 3/8 x 2½ 5.95 7.82 5.54 7.47 2.14 2.9 100 114.3 2517 25822 4.32 - MID 2½ 151 199 141 190 55 1.3 ..,---.-I-------+-- +-.-+ -.--± --.-,----+- -. ... ---I---- 133mm 5.250 365 7900 0.17 2 - 3/8 x 2 1/2 6.66 9.11 6.36 9.01 2,14 4.3 133,0 2517 35140 4.33 -M10x2½ 169 232 162 229 55 1.9 0.17 5.500 365 8620 - 0 2 - 3/8 x 2 ½ 6.75 9.29 6.46 9.23 2.09 4.6 -+ 139.7 mm 139.7 2517 38340 - 4.32 -MID x2½ ' 172 236 164 234 53 2.1 - ------- + - --.- . .. - + - 165.1 mm 6.500 290 9623 0.17 2 -5/8x3 1/4 7.84 10.93 7.55 10.85 2.11 5.69 165.1 1999 42805 4.32 -M16x31/4 199 278 192 276 54 2.6 + - '-----4----i----------+------.----.-'-- -.- --'- 6 6.625 290 9997 - 0.17 2 -5/8x3 ¼ 7.96 11.08 7.67 11.99 2.11 5.92 150 168.3 - 1999 44469 4.32 -M16x31/4 202 281 , 195 305 54 , 2.69 * Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See page 1 of this document for Listed/Approved ratings on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1½ times the figures shown in the chart on page 1, specific to pipe schedule and size. The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. FireLock EZ couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. W Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific) Red enamel (Europe) Optional Coatings: Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: Grade "E" EPDM (Type A) FireLock EZ products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Underwriters Laboratories of Canada Limited, and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services within the rated working pressure. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. www.victaulic.com - vIcTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF ITAULI COMPANY. © 2012 vicTAuLic COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. ictauluc REV_G 10.61_3 STYLE 009H GENERAL NOTES NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZ couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ Style 009H couplings, use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps con- taining the QV EZ' marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009H couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009H coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. USE OF FLUSHSEAL GASKETS FireLock EZ couplings are supplied with FireLock EZ Grade "E" Type A gaskets. These gaskets FOR DRY PIPE SYSTEMS include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the same benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard FlushSeal gaskets are not compatible and cannot be used with the FireLock EZ couplings. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 10.61 5731 REV G UPDATED 09/2012 ictaulic° vlcrAuuc IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.61 Victaulic® Flexible Coupling Style 75 Exaggerated for clarity Approvals/Listings 1LPCBI61) ® € See Victaulic publication 10.01 for details See Victaulic publication 02.06 for portable water approvals if applicable. \4taulicr 06.05 WARNING 1 Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe for use with Victaulic Couplings. Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe may cause joint failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or NOTICE Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered separately. They are identified by a silver color and the designation RX on the front of the roll sets. Product Description Style 75 is available where moderate pressures are expected or weight considerations are a factor. Up to 50% lighter in weight than the Style 77, the Style 75 coupling is recommended for service up to 500 psi/3450 kPa depending on size. Housings are cast in two identical pieces in all sizes. Hot-dip galvanized and special coatings are available for all sizes. The Victaulic standard flexible coupling offering for grade "EHP" or "T" gaskets is the Style 177 installation-ready flexible coupling. For all available sizes, the Style 177 is the standard flexible coupling Victaulic supplies in North America for piping systems using Grade "EHP" or "1" gaskets. Contact Victaulic for further details. Performance data presented in this document is based on use with standard wall, carbon steel pipe. For use with stainless steel pipe, please reference publication 17.09 for pressure ratings and end loads. When used on light wall stainless steel pipe, the Victaulic RX roll set must be used to roll groove the pipe. For further information regarding roll grooving stainless steel, refer to publication 17.01. Job/Owner Engineer System No. Spec Section Location Paragraph Contractor Approved Submitted By Date Date victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 06.05 1470 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 ictaulic victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 Material Specifications Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) LII Standard: Orange enamel. Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. Gasket: (specify choice') NOTE: Additional gasket styles are available. Contact Victaulic for details. Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range —30"F to +230"F/-34"C to +110"C. May be specified for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73"F/+23"C and hot +180"F/+82"C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Grade "T" Nitrile Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range 207 to +180"F/29"C to +82"C. May be specified for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not compatible for hot water services over +150"F/+66"C or for hot dry air over +140"F/+60"C. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183 06.05 1470 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All tights reserved. victaulic.com 2 \1tauhc victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 Dimensions Style 75 4i 1501 gi Actual Maximum Maximum Allow. Dimensions Approx. Nominal Outside Working End Pipe End Deflection from Weight Size Diameter Pressure 2 Load 2 Separation3 Centerline3 Bolt/Nut4 X Y Z Each Pipe inches inches psi lbs. inches Per Cplg. inches/ft. inches inches inches lbs. mm mm kPa N mm Degrees mm/rn (No.) size inches mm mm mm kg 1 1.315 500 680 0-0.06 0.57 2.38 4.27 1.77 1.3 25 33.4 3450 3025 0-1.6 2 - 43' 48 2-3/sx2 61 108 45 0.6 1 1/4 1.660 500 1080 0-0.06 0.45 2.68 4.61 1.77 1.4 32 42.2 3450 4805 0-1.6 2 - 10' 38 2-3/a x2 68 117 45 0.6 1 ½ 1.900 500 1420 0-0.06 0.40 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5 40 48.3 3450 6320 0-1.6 1 - 56' 33 2-3/8 x2 74 122 45 0.6 2 2.375 500 2215 0-0.06 0.32 3.43 5.22 1.88 1.7 50 60.3 3450 9860 0-1.6 1 -31' 26 2-3/8 X2 87 133 48 0.8 21/2 2.875 500 3245 0-0.06 0.26 3.88 5.68 1.88 1.9 65 73.0 3450 14440 0-1.6 1 -15' 22 2-3/8 x2 98 144 48 0.9 76.1 mm 3.000 500 3535 0-0.06 1 -12' 0.26 2-3/8 x2 4.00 5.90 1.88 1.9 76.1 3450 15730 0-1.6 22 102 150 48 0.9 3 3.500 500 4800 0-0.06 0.22 4.50 7.00 1.88 2.9 80 88.9 3450 21360 0-1.6 1 -2' 18 2-½x2~ 114 178 48 1.3 31/2 4.000 500 6300 0-0.06 0.19 5.00 7.50 1.88 2.9 90 101.6 3450 28035 0-1.6 0 - 54' 16 2-½x2 3/4 127 191 48 1.3 4 4.500 500 7950 0-0.13 1 -36' 0.34 2-½x2~ 5.80 8.03 2.13 4.1 100 114.3 3450 35380 0-3.2 28 147 204 54 1.9 4.250 450 6380 0-0.13 0.35 5.55 7.79 2.13 3.7 108.0 mm 108.0 3100 28395 0-3.2 1 -41' 29 2-12x70 141 198 54 1.7 41/2 5.000 450 8820 0-0.13 1 -26' 0.25 2-5/sx3¼ 6.13 9.43 2.13 5.5 120 127.0 3100 39250 0-3.2 21 156 240 54 2.5 5 5.563 450 10935 0-0.13 1 -18' 0.27 2-5/a x3¼ 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.8 125 141.3 3100 48660 0-3.2 23 175 256 54 2.6 133.0 mm 5.250 450 9735 0-0.13 - 1 21' 0.28 2-16x82.5 6.55 9.37 2.13 6.0 133.0 3100 43325 0-3.2 24 166 238 54 2.7 139.7 mm 5.500 450 10665 0-0. 13 1 - 18' 0.28 2-%x3¼ 6.80 9.59 2.13 6.3 139.7 3100 47460 0-3.2 24 173 244 54 2.9 152.4 mm 6.000 450 12735 0-0.13 1 -12' 0.21 2-5/a x3¼ 7.38 10.48 1.88 6.2 152.4 3100 56670 0-3.2 18 187 266 48 2.8 6 6.625 450 15525 0-0.13 1 -5' 0.23 2-5/8 X3'/4 8.00 11.07 2.13 7.0 150 168.3 3100 69085 0-3.2 18 203 281 54 3.2 159.0 mm 6.250 450 13800 0-0.13 1 -9' 0.24 2-16x82.5 7.63 10.49 2.13 6.8 159.0 3100 61405 0-3.2 20 194 266 54 3.1 8 8.625 450 26280 0-0.13 0.18 10.34 13.97 2.13 12.4 200 219.1 3100 116945 0-3.2 0-50' 14 2-3/4x4¼ 263 355 59 5.6 2 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications, contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. 3 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for 1/4 -3 ½"I20 -90 mm; 25% for 4/100 mm and larger. 4 Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. General Notes Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11h times the figures shown. 06.05 1470 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victautic.com 3 Lictaullicr victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 Installation Reference should always be made to the 400 Victaulic Fied lnstulbat:on Hanobook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section at the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Trademarks Victaulice is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 06.05 1470 Rev 0 updated 09/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 .Jtauiic FireLock® Fittings NJLiEctUIiC 10.03 Material Specifications: (jT \ Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Fitting Coating: 0 Orange enamel 0 Red enamel in Europe, Middle East, Africa, and India 0 o Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Approvals/Listings: USTED Product Description: FireLock® products comprise a unique system specifically designed for fire protection services. FireLock full-flow elbows and tees feature CAD- developed, hydrodynamic design, affording a shorter center-to-end dimension than standard fittings. A noticeable bulge allows the water to make a smoother turn to maintain similar flow characteristics as standard full flow fittings. FireLock fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic couplings that have been Listed or Approved for Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. Refer to the appropriate listing agency or approval body for pressure ratings. Pressure ratings vary by agency. Job/Owner System No. Location Contractor Submitted By Date Engineer Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date victaulic.com I FireLock® Fittings I Publication 10.03 10.03 1539 Rev M Updated 12/2014 © 2014 Victaulic company. All rights reserved. \4taulicr 1 victaulic.com I FireLock® Fittings I Publication 10.03 Dimensions: . C to E LO NO. 001 toE I Cto C Ibto NO. 003 NO. 002 No. 006 No. 001 No. 003 No. 002 No. 006 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Straight Tee Cap Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Actual Nominal Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Size Diameter C to E Each C to E Each C to E Each C to E Each inches inches inches Lbs. inches Lbs. inches Lbs. inches Lbs. MM mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 11/4 1.660 0.82 0.3 32 42.4 - - - - - - 21 0.1 11/2 1.900 - - - - - - 0.82 0.4 40 48.3 - - - - - - 21 0.2 2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6 50 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 70 1.1 22 0.3 21/2 2.875 3.00 3.1 2.25 2.2 3.00 3.6 0.88 1.0 65 73.0 76 1.4 57 1.0 76 1.6 22 0.5 76.1 mm 3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 3.00 3.8 76.1 76 1.5 57 1.1 76.2 1.7 3 3.500 3.38 4.0 2.50 3.1 3.38 5.3 0.88 1.2 80 88.9 86 1.8 64 1.4 86 2.4 22 0.5 108 mm 4.250 4.00 5.7 3.00 5.1 4.00 7.5 108.0 102 2.6 76 2.3 102 3.4 - - 4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 4.00 8.7 1.00 2.4 100 114.3 102 3.0 76 2.5 102 3.9 25 1.1 5 5.563 4.88 12.6 3.25 8.3 4.88 15.7 1.00 4.1 125 141.3 124 5.7 83 3.8 124 7.1 25 1.9 139•7mm 5.500 4.88 12.4 3.25 8.2 4.88 15.4 139.7 124.0 5.6 82.6 3.7 124.0 6.9 - - 59mm 6.250 5.50 12.6 3.50 9.2 5.50 17.9 158.8 140 5.7 89 4.2 140 8.0 - - 6 6.625 5.50 18.3 3.50 11.7 5.50 22.7 1.00 5.9 150 168.3 140 8.3 89 5.3 140 10.3 25 2.7 165•1 mm 6.500 5.43 17.6 3.50 11.4 5.50 22.0 165.1 139.7 7.9 88.9 5.2 139.7 9.9 - - 8 8.625 6.81 25.5 4.25 20.4 6.94 38.7 1.13 12.7 200 219.1 173 11.6 108 9.3 176 17.6 29 5.8 10.03 1539 Rev M Updated 12/2014 © 2014 Victaulic company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 \JtauIc° Mechanical-I® STYLES 920 AND 920N Victaulic Mechanical-n Outlet provides a direct branch connection at any location a hole can - be cut in pipe. The hole is cut oversize to receive a "holefinder" locating collar which secures b the outlet in position permanently. A pressure responsive gasket seals on the pipe O.D. Cross-type connections can be achieved by utilizing two upper housings of the same style and . size, with the same or differing branch size connections. NOTE: Style 920 and Style 920N - housings cannot be mated to each other to achieve a cross connection. Style 920 and Style 920N Mechanical-T outlets are available with grooved or female threaded STYLES 920 AND 920N STYLE 920 CROSS outlet. Specify choice on order. Units are supplied painted with plated bolts. Galvanized hous- PATENTED ings are available, supplied with plated bolts. All sizes of Style 920 and 920N are rated at 500 psi/3450 kPa working pressure on Schedule 10 and 40 carbon steel pipe. They may also be used on high density polyethylene or poly- butylene (HDPE) pipe. Pressure ratings on HOPE are dependent on the pipe rating. Contact Victaulic for ratings on other pipe. Style 920 and 920N are not recommended for use on PVC plastic pipe. Standard piping practices dictate that the Mechanical-T Styles 920 and 920N must be installed so that the main and branch connections are a true 900 angle when permanently attached to the pipeline surface. Additionally, the Vic-Tap Il® hole cutting tool, which allows for hole cutting capabilities on pressurized systems, utilizes the Style 920 Mechanical-T in conjunction with the Series 726 Vic-Ball Valve to create the Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit. See page 8 for further information. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing/Coating: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12, with orange enamel coating. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: (Specify choice*) Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +110°C. Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86°F/+30°C and hot +180°F/+82°C. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Grade "T" nitrile Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range —20°F to +180°F/-29°C to +82°C. Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not recommended for hot water services over +150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C. *Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para__________ Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 vIcTAuLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_M JtaUIicr 11.021 CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical-I® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N DIMENSIONS emmum -- ____ II - 5 IR5--1 2 ½ (a) a 920N 500 1.50 2.00 2.53 1.61 5.35 275 3.1 50 15 3450 38.i5164- 4113670 1.5 ~ (a) 920N 500 1.50 1.97 2.53 1.61 5.35 2.75 31 20 3450 38.1 50 64 -41 136 70 1.5 - 1(a) a 920N 500 1.50 1.85 2.53 1.61 5.35 2.75 3.0 25 345038.1 47 64 41 136 - 70 1.4 - 11/4 (a) ta920N 500 1.75 2.05 2.75 3.00 1.61 5.35 3.00 3.5 3.2 GROOVED OUTLET 32 3450 44.5 52 + 70 76 41 136 76 1.7 1.5 1½ (a) ta 500 1.75 2.03 2.75 3.12 1.61 5.35 3.25 3.6 3.2 40 920N 3450 44.5 52 70 79 41 136 83 1.7 1.5 ________ - ------ ------.-4----.--1-- - . -------- Y -Z----1 21k x ½ (a) 5a 500 1.50 2.21 2.74 1.82 5.64 2.75 3.0 65 15 3450. _4-_ - - 381 56 70 - 46 143 70 14 - _ -- -4_ _• - . + . - •_ -. -Y4 (a) § a 920¼ 500 1.50 2.18 2.74 1.82 5.64 2.75 3.0 - V 20 3450 38.1 55 70 - 46 143 70 1.4 1(a) §a 920N 500 1.50 2.06 2.74 1.82 5.64 2.75 2.9 - - 25 0 3450 38.1 52 70 - 46 143 70 1.4 4. - -. - 'V. ___4_ __4- _____4_ . __ -'--V. .... W 1¼ t (a) 500 - 1.75 2.30 3.00 3.25 1.82 6.29 3.00 3.5 3.2 32 920¼ 3450 44.5 58 76 83 46 160 76 1.7 1.5 ____ - -+ -- - - +----r- --r ----------- 11/2 t (a) a 500 2.00 . 2.28 3.00 3.25 1.82 6.26 3.25 3.6 33 FEMALE THREADED OUTLET 40 920N - 3450 50.8 58 76 83 46 159 . 83 1.7 1.6 ________ - + - - . .--------------------------. 4. ½(a) 300 1.50 2.22 2.75 2.25 6.46 3.18 3.9 76.1 x 15 920¼ 2065 38.1 56 70 - 57 164 81 1.8 - Provides a direct branch connection at 1/4(a) 920N 300 1.50 - 2.19 275 2.25 6.46 3.18 -. 3.9 any location where a hole can be cut 20 - - 2065 38.1 56 70 - 57 164 - 81 1.8 in the pipe 1(a) 920N 300 1.50 2.07 2.75 - 2.25 6.46 3.18 3.8 - 25 2065 38.1 53 70 57 164 81 1.7 A pressure responsive gasket provides 1 ¼a(a 920¼ 500 1.75 2.30 100 3.31 - 1.92 - 6.29 100 3.5 3.2 the seal 32 3450 445 58 - 76 84 - 49 160 76 1.6 1.5 1½ (a) a 920N 500 2.00 2.28 3.00 - 3.31 1.92 6.29 - 3.25 3.5 3.3 Request Publication 11.03 for 40 3450 50.8 58 ~76 84 49 160 - 83 1.6 - 1.5 - Mechanical-T cross assemblies 3 x ½ (a) a 920N 500 1.50 2.52 3.05 - 2.28 6.15 2.75 3.4 - 80 15 - 3450 38.1 64 78 58 156 70 1.6 Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450 kPa '/4 (a) a 920N 500 1.50 - 2.49 3.05 - 2.28 6.15 2.75 3.4 - on steel pipe; also available for use 20 3450 381 63 78 - 58 156 - 70 - 1.6 with HDPE pipe 1(a) 920¼ 500 1.50 2.38 3.06 - 2.28 6.15 2.75 33 - 25 3450 38.1 61 78 58 156 70 1.6 Sizes from 2 x 1/2750 x 15mm 1¼ (a) ta 920N - 500 1.75 2.55 3.25 - 3.56 - 2.28 6.15 3.00 3.8 - 3.7 through 8 x 4/200 x 100mm 32(b) 3450-144.5 ..65 - 83 0 - 8 16 76 1.8 1.8 11/2 (a) fa 920¼ 500 2.00 2.78 3.50 3.56 2.28 6.15 3.25 4.1 3.8 40(b) 3450 50.8 71 89 90 58 156 83 1.9 1.8 2 (a( a 500 2.50 2.75 3.50 3.56 - 2.28 6.75 3.88 4.9 4.6 50 920¼ , 3450 63.5 70 89 - 90 58 172 99 2.3 2.1 -I- 31/2 2 920¼ 500 2.50 3.00 3.75 2.44 6.72 3.88 3.8 90 50 3450 63.5 76 - 95 62 171 99 - 1.8 IMPORTANT NOTES: TABLE CONTINUED ON PG. 3 Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be aa Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate). mated to one another t Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order. to achieve cross connections. * Center of run to end of fitting. # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings. (a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed. Specify "BSPT" clearly on order. (b)For 76.1 mm threaded outlet, specify 21/2" BSPT clearly on order. § Vds approved for fire protection services a LPCB approved for fire protection services 0 Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. www.Victauhc.com VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vicTAuLic COMPANY. © 2012 vICTAuLiC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 11.02_2 4taUIic CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical-I® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N DIMENSIONS -- I M J1 ea 4 ) - Z Ifl - Qa uai I Iff Ilk iiLii j - im O TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 2 4 ½ (a) a N 500 1.50 3.03 3.56 2.69 7.01 2.75 3.7 I 100 15 920 3450 38.1 77 90 68 178 70 1.8 - .,----.- ~ - ----+--.-- ------- ..,-.-- + - - + ~ (a) a 500 1.50 3.00 3.56 2.69 7.01 2.75 3.7 + 20 3450 38.1 76 90 - 68 178 70 1.8 - - . -±- - - 4-- - -1--- -,- •,---- -- .- + 1 (a) a 500 - 150 2.88 3.56 2.69 7.01 2.75 36 25 3450 38.1 73 90 - 68 178 70 1.8 - -. - -.- -. + .-- .- - - +- - GROOVED OUTLET 1 ¼ (a) to 500 1.75 3.08 3.78 4.00 2.69 7.01 3.00 4.0 3.6 32(b) 3450 44.5 78 96 102 68 178 76 1.9 1.8 .. -- - 1 1h (a) to 500 2.00 3.28 4.00 4.00 2.69 7.01 3.25 4.2 3.9 4 Y a 7 40(b) 3450 50.8 83 102 102 68 178 83 2.0 1.9 2 (a) to 920N 500 2.50 3.25 4.00 4.00 2.69 7.01 3.88 5.0 4.6 50 3450 63.5 83 102 102 68 178 99 2.3 2.1 V 1 21/2 (a) t 920 500 2.75 2.88 t 4.00 4.00 2.69 7.34 4.63 5.8 5.0 65 3450 69.9 73 102 102 68 186 118 2.6 2.3 - - - - - + - - -+------- -- 4- -+- --- '.- - - . + 761 mm 920 500 . 2.75 2.88 . 4.00 2.69 7.34 4.63 6.4 3)a)t 500 3.50 3.31 4.5022.39773 4-5.i2 8.4 ~:- 80 920 3450 88.9 84 114 105 68 196 130 3.8 2.9 FEMALE THREADED OUTLET -. -- 108.0 x - -i--- ----.---------- - -*------ - 1- - -'- - - 1 1A (a)a N 500 1.75 3.08 3.78 2.63 7.64 3.05 5.0 - 32 3450 44.5 78 96 - 67 194 78 2.3 --------,------*-------,---- + .- .-.--------t- .......... 11/2 (a)a N 500 2.00 3.28 4.00 2.63 7.64 3.25 5.0 Provides a direct branch connection at 40 920 3450 50.8 83 102 - 67 194 83 2.3 - any location where a hole can be cut 2(a) 500 2.50 3.25 4.00 2.63 7.64 4.00 4.0 in the - 50 920N 3450 63.5 83 102 - 67 194 102 1.9 - + .- +---t--- 4_ - - --------- 500 2.75 2.88 4.00 4.00 2.63 7.64 4.29 8.0 7.8 A pressure responsive gasket provides .1 mm 3450 69.9 73_4 102 102 67 - 194 109 3.6 15 the seal 3 (a) 920 500 3.50 3.31 4.50 4.50 2.63 7.63 4.88 6.8 6.5 80 3450 88.9 84 114 114 67 194 124 3.1 3.0 Request Publication 1103 for 5 1½ (a) t 500 2.00 4.03 4.75 4.75 3.16 9.70 3.69 7.4 7.6 Mechanical-T cross assemblies 125 X 40 920 - 3450 50.8102 121 12180 246 94 3.4 3.4 2(a) t 920 500 2.50 4.00 4.75 4.75 3.16 9.70 4.38 8.2 8.0 Pressure rated up to 500psi/345OkPa 50 3450 63.5 102 121 121 80 246 111 3.7 3.6 on steel pipe; also available for use 21/2 (a) t 920 500 2.75 363 4.75 4.75 3.16 9.70 4.63 8.3 7.9 with HDPE pipe 65 3450 69.9 92121 121 - 80 ,246 118 3.8 3.6 ,, 76.1 mm a 920 500 . 2.75 3.75 - 4.75 ' 3.16 9.70 4.63 - 8.0 Sizes from 2 x ½150 x 15mm - 3450 69 95 121 -. 80 246 118 - 3.6 through 8 x 4/200 x 100 mm 3(a) I' 920 500 3.50 3.81 5.00 4.63 3.16 9.70 5.31 8.4 8.8 80 3450 88.9 97 127 118 80 246 135 3.8 4.0 133.0 ___ --.-*--------- -.--.- -p.-- 2 500 . 2.50 3.75 4.50 3.17 8.00 3.88 8.0 133.0 x 50 920 3450 63.5 95 114 - 81 203 99 ' 3.6 - - -h .......-.............. .- . 920 500 3.50 3.81 5.00 3.00 9.46 5.31 8.0 80 3450 88.9 97 . 127 - 76 240 135 3.6 - TABLE CONTINUED ON PG. 4 IMPORTANT NOTES: Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate). Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be tAvailable with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order. mated to one another lz Center of run to end of fitting. to achieve cross connections. # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings. (a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed. Specify "BSPT" clearly on order. (b)For 76.1 mm threaded outlet, specify 21/2' BSPT clearly on order. § Vds approved for fire protection services LPCB approved for fire protection services 0 Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. www.victaulic.com vicTAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULiC COMPANY. 02012 vIcTAuuc COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. \4taulic REV_M 11.023 CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical-I® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N DIMENSIONS 0 2 TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 3 1 ½ t 500 2.00 3.78 4.50 3.30 8.23 3.25 7.0 139.7 x 40 920N 3450 50.8 96 114 - 84 209 83 3.2 - -4-- ~ 2t 920N 500 2.50 3.75 4.50 3.30 8.23 3.88 9.0 - 50 3450 63.5 95 114 - 84 209 99 4.1 6 1 ¼ (a) 920½ 500 1.75 4.43 5.13 5.13 3,79 9.15 3.25 5.1 4.8 150 32(b) 3450 44.5 112 130 130 96 232 83 2.3 2.2 • .4- ---1- - --I----- 1--- - - -4- - - '4 - GROOVED OUTLET OUTLET 11/2 (a) to 920N 500 2.00 4.40 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.15 3.25 5.4 5.1 40(b) 3450 50.8 112 . 130 130 96 232 83- 2.4 2.3 - - -' + - - 4-- 2(a) to 920N 500 2.50 4.38 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.15 3.88 6.0 5.6 ___ 50 3450 63.5 111 130 130 .96 . 232 99 2.7 2.5 -4- -- + - 1- -±- - .4. ± ...••_ . .•_ - 21/2 920 500 2.75 4.01 5.13 5.12 3.69 10.51 463 8.3 7.6 4 65 3450 69.9 110 130 130 94 267 118 3.8 3.4 -'-'1- - --' +. •_4•_ 4- - . - •- - - 4•_ - 76.1 mm 920 .4- 500 2.75 4.15 5.21 3.69 10.51 4.63 8.4 80 3450 88.9 I 110 140 130 ' 94 267 135 45 3.8 a 3450 69.9 105 - 132 94 267 118 - 3.8 3(a) ' 920 500 3.50 4.31 5.50 5.13 3.69 10.51 5.31 9.9 8.4 - - * 4(a) to 920 500 4.50 3.81 5.75 5.38 3.69 10.51 6.25 10.1 10.1 100 3450 114.3 97 146 137 94 267 159 4.6 4.6 FEMALE THREADED OUTLET - 4-. ---4-- - '4-' 159.0 x 4- 1½ (a) 920½ 500 2.00 4.41 - 5.13 3.63 9,40 3.25 7.8 40 3450 50.8 112 130 ' - 92 239 - 83 3.5 .4 2(a) 920½ 500 2.50 4.38 . 5.13 3.63 9.40 3.88 8.0 - Provides a direct branch connection at 50 3450 63.5 111 130 92 239 99 36 --t- ------------------------- - - any location where a hole can be cut 76.1 mm 920 '4 500 2.75 4.38 5.50 513 363 9.40 4.63 9.5 9.5 in the pipe -- 3450 69.9 111 ' 140 130 92 239 118 4.3 4.3 3 500 3.50 4.31 5.50 5.13 3.63 9.40 5.31 8.1 14.0 A pressure responsive gasket provides 80 920 3450 88.9 110 140 130 92 239 135 3.7 6.4 + -.._4-._....,_ _,_ .4 '.4- - -4-- 4- '4- the seal 1080mm 920 500 450 4.45 - 5.38 3.63 9.40 6.12 - 10.0 3450 114.3 113 137 92 239 155 4.5 ---- -4- .4- .4--' - .4- Request Publication 11.03 for 920 500 4- 4.50 ' 3.81 5,75 - 3.63 9.40 6.25 18.0 Mechanical-T cross assemblies 100 3450 114.3 96.80 146 - 92 239 159 8.2 - TABLE CONTINUED ON PG. 5 Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450 kPa Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate). on steel pipe; also available for use t Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order. with HDPE pipe * Center of run to end of fitting. Sizes from 2 x ½750 x 15mm # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. through 8 x 4/200 x 100 mm @ See page 7for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings. (a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed. Specify "BSPT clearly on order. (b)For 76.1 mm threaded outlet, specify 21/2 BSPT clearly on order. § Vds approved for fire protection services o LPCB approved for fire protection services IMPORTANT NOTES: 0 Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be mated to one another to achieve cross connections. www.victaulic.com VICTAIJLIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF viCTAULIc COMPANY. 02012 vICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 11.02_4 4tauiicr REVM CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical-T® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N DIMENSIONS Styl Max. Work Appr x. Size Noc JPre________________ IJI,,OlIl.1L.11t Weight Each L :i (am) - LIM ylk 4 1 500 1.50 3.88 4.56 3.79 9.34 2.75 8.0 165.1 x 25 920N 3450 38.1 99 116 - 96 237 70 3.6 - TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 4 + -.. .4.. - 4. _4. . . .. .,... - --4-- -- - I,4 IKU 920N 500 1.75 4.43 5.13 3.79 9.34 3.25 8.4 - 32 3450 44.5 113 130 - 96 237 83 3.8 - -- -,- .- .......- I - - - 1½ (a) to 920N 500 2,00 - 4.41 5,13 5.13 . 3.79 9.34 3.25 8.4 5.4 40 + 3450 . -*-- 50.8 112 130 130 - r 96 237 83 3.8 2.4 -' GROOVED OUTLET 2 (a) t 920N 500 2.50 4.38 5.13 5.13 379 9.34 3.88 8.5 6.0 50 3450 63.5 111 130 130 96 237 99 3.9 2.7 500 2.75 4.Ol 76.1 mm 920 t.lS 5.21 163 10.51 4.63 8.6 7.6 ________ 3450 69.9 110 , 130 132 4-- 92 267 118 3.9 3.4 - 4- . . .- 3(a) t 0 920 500 3.50 4.31 5.50 - 5.13 3.63 10.51 5.31 10.2 8.4 _______ 80 3450 88.9 - 110 140 130 92 267 135 4.6 3.8 4(a) to920 500 430 3315J5 5.38 163 10,51 - 6.25 10.5 8.4 100 3450 114.3 . 97 146 137 92 267 159 4.8 3.8 - 1' --- -4 ---------4---- - -' - - ' '-' 4- 1' 8 2(a) t 920 500 - 2.75 , 5.44 6.19 6.25 4.81 12.42 4.50 11.6 11.6 200 50 3450 69.9 - 138 157 ' 159 122 316 114 5.3 5.3 - ---4- --- - -. -4- - - .- - - .,--- --. 4--- - .4-- -.-. - 4- 2½(a)t 920 500 2.75 5,07 6.19 6.19 4.81 12.42 4.50 11.6 11.6 65 3450 69.9 129 157 157 122 316 114 5.3 5.3 FEMALE THREADED OUTLET - '4-- -4-'•' '- " 76.1 mm o 920 500 2.75 5.25 - 6.25 4.81 12.42 ' 4.56 ' 11.6 3450 69.9 133 ' - 159 122 316 116 - 5.3 3(a) to 920 500 3.50 5.31 ' 6.50 6.50 4.81 12.42 5.31 12.6 11.6 Provides a direct branch connection at 80 3450 , 88.9 _135 * 165 165 122 316, 135 - any location where a hole can be cut 4( 920 - 500 4.50 4.81 6.75 6.38 4.81 12.42 6.25 15.3 12.5 in the pipe 100 3450 114.3 122 171 , 162 122 316 159 6.9 5.7 Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate). A pressure responsive gasket provides t Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order. the seal t Center of run to end of fitting. Request Publication 11.03 for 8 Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. Mechanical-I cross assemblies @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings,' Pressure rated up to 500 psi13450 kPa (a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed. Specify "BSPT" clearly on order. on steel pipe; also available for use (b)For 76.1 mm threaded outlet, specify 21/2" BSPT clearly on order. with HDPE pipe § Vds approved for fire protection services o LPCB approved for fire protection services Sizes from 2 x ½750 x 15 mm 0 Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. through 8 x 4/200 x 100 mm IMPORTANT NOTES: Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be mated to each other to achieve cross connections. www.victaulic.com vicrAuLic IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 vicTAuLic COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_M htauiic 11.025 CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical—T® Bolted STYLES 920 AND 920N Branch Outlets FLOW DATA Flow test data has shown that the total head loss between point (1) and (2) for the Style 920, 920N and 929 Mechanical.T® fittings can best be expressed in terms of the pressure difference across the inlet and branch. The pressure difference can be obtained from the relationship below. Cv and Ky Values Values for flow of water at +60°F/+16°C are shown in the table below. Formulas for Values: ( ( ) LW =Q2 Where: LW 2. Where: ui i V ç2 Q = Flow (GPM) K Q = Flow (m3/h) AP Pressure Drop (psi) x C1 = Flow Coefficient Q = K XK 6P — Pressure Drop (bar) =Flow Coefficient Exaggerated for clarity Equivalent Length of Outlet Size Schedule 40 Carbon Steel Pipe IIllU j ItI ½ 111P'4E (C = 120)Ii j (TIP1) u:el*I'Ja 0.840 - 2 i.ei) - Values U;I:lJL1I1') 11 15 21.3 . 94 IK . 1.050 - 4 - . - 16 20 26.7 13.7 1 1.315 . 21 25 - - . . - . ... 1.8 - -- -. iv 1.660 5 / 6 50 48 32 42.7 42.9 41.1 1½ - . . - T9 (TO- 53 .. 53 40 - 45.4 45.4 2 2.375 9 10 ½ 112 104 50 60.3 96 89,1 21/2 65 2.875 73.0 20 12/2 119 102 150 128.5 76.1 mm 3.000 16 - 161 76.1 138.1 - - - - 3.500 14 15½ 249 - - 237 80 ..-.--- 213.4 203:1 4.500 20 22 421 401 100 114.3 360.8 343.6 Hazen-Williams coefficient of friction is 120. Pipe with a wall thickness of 0.165in14.2mm. www.victaulic.com \,/(taUIic vicTAuLic IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. * 2012 vicTAuLic COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 11.02_6 REVM CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Ir i!1i1 ti1 :ffl I I :ii isirn r STYLES 920 AND 920N FIRE PROTECTION APPROVALS AND PRESSURE RATINGS The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. 21/2-6 2.875 -6 ' 625 Al! 10,40 400 400 400 290 232 362 65-150 73.0- 168.3 -t--.,.--..-.- +- 2755 --- -----.--- 2755 . - --..-.--i------- 2755 1999 .4- 1599 2496 21/2 -4 2.875 -450 .0 All F 300 300 300 290 232 362 65-100 73.0-114.3 2.875 - 4.500 All SF 2065 300 2065 300 . 2065 300 1999 290 1599 232 2496 362 21/2-4 65-100 73.0-114.3 6.625 . 10 2065 300 --±-----------f---------------------4-----------------------4---------------,--2065 300 . 2065 250 1999 290 1599 232 2496 362 6 150 168.3 6.625 I ........................... 2065 300 2065 300 1724 300 1999 290 1599 232 2496 362 6 30,40 150 168.3 8.625 21/2 10,40 2065 400 2065 2065 1999 1599 145 2496 8 200 219.1 -----..t 8.625 ----...4. 3A 10 2755 300 -------_,_+...----.-------.--- I — . — 250 — — ......+ 1000 ------------ 145 — — 8 200 219.1 8.625 34 3040 2065 300 I — 1724 300 — 1000 __4. ._ ..... 145 — 8 200 219.1 2065 . 2065 1000 NOTES: 10 refers to Listed/Approved Schedule 10 steel sprinkler pipe. 40 refers to Listed/Approved Schedule 40 steel sprinkler pipe. DF refers to Listed/Approved Dyna-Flow steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by American Tube Company. SF refers to Listed/Approved Super-Flo steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation. VIC-TAP II HOLE CUTTING TOOL FOR 4- 81100 - 200 MM CARBON STEEL PIPE The Vic-Tap II hole cutting tool is designed for use with the Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit, which is a combination of the Style 920 Mechanical-T and Series 726 Vic-Ball Valve. The Vic-Tap II is capable of tapping into carbon steel pipe systems under pressures up to 500 psi/3450 kPa. The Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit is a full port ball valve which can be mounted on 4/100mm, 5/125mm, 6/150mm and 87200 mm diameter pipe. The Style 931 comes with a 21/2"/65mm grooved outlet. The drill motor is an electric motor with ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in accordance with safety codes. For more information, refer to publication 24.01. www.victaulic.com vICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 ViCTAULiC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REVM \4tauIic 11.027 Mechanical-I® STYLES 920 AND 920N INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 11.02 1480 REV M UPDATED 03/2012 ictaulice vicTAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 vIcTAuLIc COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 11.02L 1U_1 _D16pMg Products Quality — Service — Commitment — Delivered. 3rPxq0MM1(DflV) I Malleable Threaded Fittings ALL MALLEABLE THREADED FITTINGS MANUFACTURED FOR AND BY SIGMA PIPING PRODUCTS CONFORM TO, COMPLY WITH, AND ARE MANUFACTURED TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: ASTM A 197- Standard Spec for Cupola Malleable Iron ASTM A 153- Standard Spec for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel ANSI B 16.3- Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Classes 150 ANSI/ASME BI.20.1- Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch) NPT Ductile Iron Threaded Fittings ALL DUCTILE IRONS MANUFACTURED FOR AND BY SIGMA PIPING PRODUCTS CONFORM TO, COMPLY WITH, AND ARE MANUFACTURED TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: ASTM A 536- Grade 65-45-12 ASME B 16.3- Ductile Iron Threaded Fittings Classes 150 ANSI/ASME B1.20.1- Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch) NPT Cast IronThreaded Fittings ALL CAST IRONS MANUFACTURED FOR AND BY SIGMA PIPING PRODUCTS CONFORM TO, COMPLY WITH, AND ARE MANUFACTURED TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: ASTM A 128- Class B Standard Spec for Cupola Cast Iron ANSI B 16.4- Cast Iron Threaded Fitting Classes 125 ANSI/ASME B1.20.1- Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch) NPT Steel Pipe Nipples ALL STEEL PIPE NIPPLES MANUFACTURED FOR AND BY SIGMA PIPING PRODUCTS CONFORM TO, COMPLY WITH, AND ARE MANUFACTURED TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: ASTM A 53- Standard Spec for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamed ANSI/ASME B1.20.1- Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch) NPT www.sigmaco.com 109ft9bW ThmdoW O Dimensions: ANSI B16.3 CLASS 150 0 Coating: Black- none; Galvanized- Hot Dip per ASTMA153 O Material: Malleable iron per ASTM Al 97 []Threads: Pipe Threads, General Purpose ASME 131 .20.1 Description L I I - I I lTEMIDUE IED1MENEQN1I ITEM Malleable Threaded 90 SJZ LACK1EGALVIJI A J[a1LWEj9H3LJ A 3/8" 1M9080303 1M90B0303G 0.95 0.95 0.17 1/2" 1M90B0404 1M90B0404G 1.12 1.12 0.30 3/4" 1M90B0505 1M90B0505G 1.31 1.31 0.45 1" 1M90B0606 1M90B0606G 1.50 1.50 0.73 1 1/4" 1M90B0707 1M9080707G 1.75 1.75 0.97 i 1 / I 1 1/2" 1M90B0808 1M90B0808G 1.94 1.94 1.30 /B 2" 1M90B0909 1M90B0909G 2.25 2.25 2.06 I /7' 2 1/2" 1M90131010 1M90B1010G 2.70 2.70 3.55 3" 1M90B1111 1M90B1111G 3.08 3.08 5.46 LISTED 4" 1M90131212 1M90B1212G 3.79 3.79 8.95 Description t 1 - 'I NOM [.$IZ L ITEMDflE WIDIMENSIQNI[ ITEM I [BLACK JLGALY.J[ A 1mLwiiiTJ Malleable Threaded 45 3/8" 1M45B0303 1M45B0303G 0.80 0.80 0.16 A 1/2" 1M45B0404 1M45B0404G 0.88 0.88 0.22 3/4" 1M45B0505 1M4580505G 0.98 0.98 0.37 1" 1M45B0606 1M45B0606G 1.12 1.12 0.54 1 1/4" 1M45B0707 1M45B0707G 1.29 1.29 0.86 11/2" 1 M45B0808 1 M45B0808G 1.43 1.43 1.13 2" 1M45B0909 1M45B0909G 1.68 1.68 1.79 B 2 1/2" 1M45B1010 1M4513101OG 1.95 1.95 2.78 3" 1M45B1111 1M45B1111G 2.17 2.17 4.48 I LISTED 1M45131212 1M45B1212G 2.61 2.61 7.40 Description 1 1 I I L S I FTEMIDE wuIMENs1NI1r ccjE__GALVJE A 11 B JLwIGFn:J ITEU1 Malleable Thre tree ded9O 3/8" 1M90S0303 1M90S0303G 0.80 1.00 0.17 1/2" 1M90S0404 1M90S0404G 0.88 1.13 0.24 3/4" 1M90S0505 1M90S0505G 1.00 1.31 0.41 7 1M90S0606 1M90S0606G 1.23 1.44 0.62 B / ( 1 1/4" 1M90S0707 1M90S0707G 1.31 1.69 1.09 . 1 1/2" 1M90S0808 1M90S0808G 1.44 1.88 1.44 1M90S0909 1M90S0909G 1.69 2.25 2.85 -A---] LISTED Description I 'ENUlVfl L!J[ I LTEMODE II ITEM BLACKI][ GALV 1LWJ.L Malleable Hex Nut 1/2" 1MLN04 1MLN04G 0.12 3/4" 1MLN05 1MLN05G 0.22 /1 1MLN06 1MLN06G 0.38 ) C) 1 1 1/4" 1MLN07 1MLN07G 0.58 @ 1 1/2" , 1MLN08 1MLN09 1MLN08G 1MLN09G 073 1.13 LISTED www.sigmaco.com Malleable Threaded Fitt Description I 1 SIZE 1L ITEMDE I[ThIMENSIflNII ITEM1 Reducg Malleable [NOM j 1/2" X 3/8" 1M90R0403 1M90R0403G 1.00 1.06 0.22 B 3/4" X 1/2" 1M90R0504 1M90R0504G 1.19 1.25 0.38 1" X 1/2" 1M90R0604 1M90R0604G 1.25 1.38 0.46 X 3/4" 1M90R0605 1M90R0605G 1.38 1.44 0.56 / 1 1/4" X 1/2" 1M90R0704 1M90R0704G 1.38 1.56 0.61 / A 1 1/4" X 3/4" 1M90R0705 1M90R0705G 1.44 1.63 0.71 1 1/4" X 1" 1M90R0706 1M90R0706G 1.44 1.66 1.15 I 11/2" X 1/2" 1M90R0804 1M90R0804G 1.41 1.66 1.15 I' 1 1/2" X 3/4" 1M90R0805 1M90R0805G 1.50 1.75 1.08 11/2" X 1" 1M90R0806 1M90R0806G 1.63 1.81 1.02 Ui 1 112"X 11/4" 1M90R0807 1M90R0807G 1.81 1.88 1.17 LISTED X 1/2" 1M90R0904 1M90R0904G 1.49 1.88 1.30 2" X 3/4" 1M90R0905 1M90R0905G 1.63 2.00 1.30 2" X 1" 1M90R0906 1M90R0906G 1.75 2.00 1.35 2"X 11/4" 1M90R0907 1M90R0907G 1.88 2.13 1.53 2"X 11/2" 1M90R0908 1M90R0908G 2.00 2.13 1.75 Description 1 1 I ENO1Vfli 1TEM1QDE IliDIM. 11 iTEM Malleable Threaded Tee 1/4" 1MT020202 1MT020202G 0.81 0.15 3/8" 1M1030303 1M1030303G 0.94 0.23 - A 1/2" 1M1040404 1MT040404G 1.13 0.41 3/4" 1M1050505 1MT050505G 1.31 0.60 1" 1MT060606 1MT060606G 1.50 0.90 1 1/4" 1MT070707 1MT070707G 1.75 1.31 1 1/2" 1MT080808 1MT080808G 1.94 1.73 - - 2" 1MT090909 1MT090909G 2.25 2.52 - A A 2 1/2" 1MT101010 1MT10101OG 2.69 4.90 3" 1MT111111 1MT111111G 3.06 7.13 LISTED 4" 1MT121212 1MT121212G 3.81 11.32 Description I I NUM I ITEMtDE IFDJM 11 ITE LSIZE I LACW1LGAWJ[A11LwE Malleable Threaded Cros s A--A- 1/2" 1MX04 1MX04G 1.12 0.42 -- I 3/4" 1MX05 1MX05G 1.13 0.69 1" 1MX06 1MX06G 1.50 1.12 - I 11/4" 1 MX07 1 MX07G 1.75 1.44 I 1 1/2" 1MX08 1MX08G 1.94 1.98 2" 1MX09 1MX09G 2.25 3.30 U1 2 1/2" 1MX10 1MX10G 2.70 5.90 A 3" 1MX11 1MX11G 3.08 13.50 I I LISTED www.sigmaco.com Description L I Malleable Cap Malleable Threaded Fithngs Description t Malleable Reducing Tee NOML ~~] - - - E1TEMCflDE ILIID1MEN I ITEM I 8LACT(IL ALV it A II p IECJL C 1/2" X 1/2' X 3/8" 1MT040403 1M1040403G 1.06 1.06 1.06 0.30 3/4" X 1/2" X 1/2" 1M1050404 1MT050404G 1.06 1.08 1.09 0.38 3/4" X 1/2" X 3/4" 1M1050405 1MT050405G 1.11 1.11 1.13 0.46 3/4" X 3/4" X 1/2" 1M1050504 1M1050504G 1.19 1.19 1.25 0.47 I 1 1/2" X 1/2" 1MT0604041MT060404G 1.21 1.21 1.30 0.58 1" X 3/4" X 1/2" 1MT060504 1MT060504G 1.22 1.22 1.32 0.59 F l"X 3/4" X 3/4" 1MT060505 1M1060505G 1.23 1.23 1.33 1.59 1" X 1" X 1/2" 1MT060604 1MT060604G 1.25 1.25 1.38 0.70 1" x IX 3/4" 1M1060605 1MT060605G 1.38 1.38 1.44 0.82 A 11/4" X1" X1" 1M1070606 1M1070606G 1.56 1.56 1.69 1.10 1 1/4"X1 1/4"X 1/2" 1M10707041M1070704G 1.38 1.38 1.56 0.98 1 1/4"X 1 1/4"X3/4" 1MT070705 1M1070705G 1.40 1.40 1.60 0.94 F I 11/4" X 11/4" X " 1MT070706 1M1070706G 1.56 1.56 1.69 1.20 11/2" X 1/4" X 1" 1MT080706 1MT080706G 1.63 1.63 1.81 1.30 UL 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" X 1/2" 1MT080804 1MT080804G 1.44 1.44 1.69 1.19 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" X 3/4" 1MT080805 1MT080805G 1.50 1.50 1.75 1.30 LISTED 11/2" X 1/2" Xl" 1MT080806 1MT080806G 1.63 1.63 1.81 1.45 11/2" X 1/2" X 1/4" 1MT080807 1MT080807G 1.81 1.81 1.88 1.52 2" X 2" X 1/2" 1M1090904 1MT090904G 1.50 1.50 1.88 1.65 2" X 2" X 3/4" 1MT090905 1MT090905G 1.63 1.63 2.00 1.87 2" X 2" X 1" 1M1090906 1MT090906G 1.75 1.75 2.00 1.76 2" X2"X 11/4" 1M1090907 1MT090907G 1.88 1.88 2.13 2.35 2" X 2" X 1 1/2" 1M1090908 1MT090908G 2.00 2.00 2.19 2.55 2 1/2" X 2 1/2" X 1" 1M1101006 1MT101006G 1.88 1.88 2.38 2.85 21/2" X2 1/2" X 1/4" 1MT101007 1MT101007G 2.06 2.06 2.44 3.36 2 1/2 X 2 1/2 X 1 1/2 1MT101008 1MT101008G 2.19 2.19 2.50 3.46 2 1/2" X 2 1/2" X 2" 1MT101009 1MT101009G 2.38 2.38 2.62 3.65 3" X 3" X 1/2" 1MT111104 1MT111104G 1.76 1.76 2.52 4.03 3" X 3" X 3/4" 1MT111105 1MT111105G 1.88 1.88 1.63 4.03 3" X 3" X 1" 1MT111106 1MT111106G 2.00 2.00 2.62 4.13 3" X 3" X 1/4" 1MT111107 1MT1I1107G 2.19 2.19 2.75 4.50 3" X 3" X 1 1/2" 1MT111108 1M1111108G 2.31 2.31 2.81 5.18 X 3" X 2" 1MT111109 1MT111109G 2.50 2.50 2.88 5.70 3" X 3" X 1 1/2" 1MT111110 1MT111110G 2.57 2.57 2.89 5.00 X4" X 1/4" 1MT121207 1M1121207G 2.39 2.39 3.26 7.47 4" X4" X 1/2" 1MT121208 1MT111208G 2.51 2.51 3.32 7.47 4" X 4" X 2" 1MT121209 1MT121209G 2.75 2.75 ' 3.44 8.39 4" X 4" X 2 1/2" 1MT121210 1MT12121OG 2.75 2.75 3.44 7.70 4" X4" X 3" 1MT121211 1MT121211G 3.31 3.31 3.63 8.93 LISTED I NUM II ITEMQIJE If ITEM LsizJ I BLACK i L GAIY 1 LwiuiJ 1/2" 1MK04 1MK04G 0.14 3/4" 1MK05 IMK05G 0.21 1" 1MK06 ' IMK06G 0.37 1 1/4" 1MK07 1MK07G 0.58 1 1/2" 1MKO8 1MK08G 2" 1MK09 1MKO9G 2 1/2" lMKlO 1MK10G 1MK11 1MK11G 1MK12 1MK12G www.sigmaco.com 0.74 0.94 1.60 2.79 3.66 LISTED Description I I Malleable Reducing Coupling LISTED Malleable Threaded Fittings Description F I Malleable Coupling [1W1VI 11 ITEM COi1E__I[D1M If ITEM I I SIZE J L JLQ.V_JLAIIIJ Lwni 3/8" 1MCP0303 1MCP0303G 1.18 0.13 1/2" 1MCP0404 1MCP0404G 1.31 0.20 3/4" 1MCP0505 1MCP0505G 1.50 0.30 1" 1MCP0606 1MCP0606G 1.69 0.48 1 1/4" 1MCP0707 1MCP0707G 1.93 0.75 1 1/2" 1MCP0808 1MCP0808G 2.13 1.00 2" 1MCP0909 1MCP0909G 2.50 1.45 2 1/2" 1MCP1010 1MCP1010G 2.88 2.40 3" 1McP1111 1MCP1111G 3.19 3.30 4" 1MCP1212 1MCP1212G 3.69 5.72 NOM SIZE 1 1IEMICtDE I[D1M1[ ]TEN[ JL BLACK]I GALV iL1LWiF[L 1/2" X 3/8" IMCR0403 1MCR0403G 0.17 0.17 3/4" X 1/2" 1MCR0504 1MCR0504G 0.27 0.27 1" X 1/2" 1MCR0604 1MCR0604G 0.39 0.39 1" X 3/4" 1MCR0605 1MCR0605G 0.43 0.43 11/4" X 1/2" 1MCR0704 1MCR0704G 0.61 0.61 1 1/4" X 3/4" 1MCR0705 1MCR0705G 0.64 0.64 1 1/4" X 1" 1MCR0706 1MCR0706G 0.68 0.68 1 1/2" X 1/2" 1MCRO804 1MCRO804G 0.78 0.78 1 1/2" X 3/4" 1MCRO805 1MCR0805G 0.88 0.88 1 1/2" X 1" 1MCR0806 1MCR0806G 0.88 0.88 1 1/2" X 1 1/4" 1MCRO807 1MCR0807G 0.90 0.90 2" X 1/2" 1 MCR0904 1 MCR0904G 1.15 1.15 2" X 3/4" , IMCR0905 . 1MCR0905G 1.34 1.34 2" X 1" 1 MCR0906 1 MCR0906G 1.40 1.40 2" X 1 1/4" 1MCR0907 1MCR0907G 1.53 1.53 2" X 1 1/2" 1MCR0908 1MCR0908G 1.55 1.55 2 1/2" X 1 1/4" 1MCR1007 1MCR1007G 2.09 2.09 2 1/2" X 1 1/2" 1MCR1008 1MCR1008G 2.09 2.09 2 1/2" X 2" 1MCR1009 . 1MCR1009G 2.51 2.51 3" X 1 1/4" 1MCR1107 1MCR1107G 2.99 2.99 3" X 1 1/2" 1MCR1108 1MCR1108G . 3.30 3.30 3"X2" 1MCRII09 1MCR1109G 3.25 3.25 3" X 2 1/2" 1MCR1110 1MCR1110G 3.29 3.29 4" X 1 1/2" 1MCR1208 1MCR1208G 4.90 4.90 4"X2" 1MCR1209 IMCR1209G 5.10 5.10 4"X2 1/2" 1MCR1210 1MCR121OG 6.55 6.55 4" X 3" 11MCR1211 1MCR1211G 4.04 4.04 Description I Malleable Floor Flange A LISTED www.sigmaco.com [NO1VflE ITEMiE EDIMENS1QNI[ ITEM I SIZE ILBLAQ!JEGALV lEA II B JLiiiiJ 1/2" 1MFF04 1MFF04G 3.50 2.50 0.56 3/4" 1MFF05 1MFF05G 3.50 2.50 0.60 1MFF06 1MFF06G 4.00 3.0 0.84 1 1/4" 1MFF07 1MFF07G 4.00 3.00 0.90 1 1/2" 1MFF08 1MFF08G 4.50 3.50 1.20 1MFF09 1MFF09G 5.50 4.25 2.03 Malleable Threaded Fittings Description I ' rNUIVF1I Malleable Plug I SIZE JIEMCDUE II ITEM LBAC&JI GAL\L][jNjJffJ 3/8" 1MPLG03 1MPLG03G 0.06 1/2" 1MPLG04 1MPLG04G 0.10 3/4" 1MPLGO5 1MPLG05G 0.17 1MPLG06 1MPLG06G 0.28 1/4" 1MPLG07 1MPLG07G 0.44 1 1/2" 1MPLG08 1MPLG08G 0.62 .1,1 1MPLG09 1MPLG09G 0.91 UL 2 1/2" 1MPLG10 1MPLG10G 1.05 LISTED 3" 1MPLG11 1MPLG11G 1.70 PG12 1MPLG12G 3.00 Description I I r. Malleable Bushings I NOM SIZE B ITEMQEE I ITEM 1/2" X 1/4" 1MBSH0402 1MBSH0402G 0.06 1/2" X 3/8" 1MBSH0403 1MBSH0403G 0.05 3/4" X 1/2" IMBSH0504 1MBSH0504G 0.11 1" X 1/2" IMBSH0604 1MBSH0604G 0.21 1" X 3/4" 1MBSH0605 1MBSH0605G 0.17 1 1/4" X 1/2" 1MBSH0704 1MBSH0704G 0.34 1 1/4" X 3/4" 1MBSH0705 1MBSH0705G 0.31 1 1/4" X 1" 1MBSH0706 1MBSH0706G 0.26 1 1/2" X 1/2" 1MBSH0804 1MBSH0804G 0.48 1 1/2" X 3/4" 1MBSH0805 1MBSH0805G 0.48 1 1/2" X 1" IMBSH0806 1MBSH0806G 0.43 1 1/2" X 1 1/4" 1MBSH0807 1MBSH0807G 0.30 2" X 1/2" 1MBSH0904 1MBSH0904G 0.65 2" X 3/4" 1MBSH0905 1MBSH0905G 0.83 2" X 1" 1MBSH0906 1MBSH0906G 0.78 2" X 1 1/4" IMBSH0907 1MBSH0907G 0.73 2" X 1 1/2" 1MBSH0908 1MBSH0908G 0.60 2 1/2" X 1 1/4" 1MBSH1007 1MBSH1007G 1.30 2 1/2" X 1 1/2" 1MBSH1008 1MBSH1008G 1.20 2 1/2" X 2" 1MBSH1009 1MBSH1009G 0.90 3" X 1 1/4" 1MBSH1107 1MBSH1107G 2.50 3" X 1 1/2" 1MBSH1108 1MBSH1108G 2.30 3" X 2" 1MBSH1109 1 MBSH11O9G 2.00 3"X2 1/2" 1MBSH1110 1MBSH111OG 1.60 4" X 1 1/4" 1MBSH1207 1MBSH1207G 3.20 4" X 1 1/2" 1MBSH1208 1MBSH1208G 3.30 4"X2" 1MBSH1209 IMBSH1209G 3.10 4"X2 1/2" 1MBSH1210 1MBSH121OG 3.80 4"X3" 1MBSH121I 1MBSH1211G 3.00 www.sigmaco.com Malleable Threaded Fillin Description I FIqUPFJI ITEM UE IMiIi1[FFEM 1 Malleable Union SIZE I &LACKiLA!V 1LA1LWELQftTJ 1/4" 1MUN02 1MUN02G 1.81 0.45 A 3/8" 1MUN03 1MUN03G 1.81 0.42 1/2" 1MUN04 1MUN04G 1.94 0.44 3/4" 1MUN05 1MUN05G 2.06 0.60 1MUN06 1MUN06G 2.44 0.91 1 1/4" 1MUN07 1MUN07G 2.63 1.45 11/2" 1MUN08 1MUN08G 2.75 1.69 1MUN09 1MUN09G 2.94 2.46 L_ 1 1MUN11 1MUN11G 3.63 4.95 LISTED 4" 1MUN12 1MUN12G 3.75 8.75 Description I I r'NUIVrlE LI!JL1LACK ITEM GDDE I EflEILJ [1TEM1 II GALVIII[ A ILWELGUIJ Malleable Union w/ Brass Seat 1/4" 1MUNBS02 1MUNBS02G 1.81 0.45 A 3/8" 1MUNBS03 1MUNBS03G 1.81 0.42 1/2" 1MUNBS04 1MUNBS04G 1.94 0.44 3/4" 1MUNBS05 1MUNBS05G 2.06 0.60 1MUNBS06 1MUNBS06G 2.44 0.91 1 1/4" 1MUNBS07 1MUNIBS07G 2.63 1.45 1 1/2" 1MUNBS08 1MUNBS08G 2.75 1.69 UL 1MUNBS09 1MUNBS09G 2.94 2.46 " 1MUNBS11 1MUNBS11G 3.63 4.95 - - LISTED 4" 1MUNBS12 1MUNBS12G 3.75 8.75 Description I - 1EA1LMIGKTI Malleable Extension 1/2" 1MEX04 1MEX04G 1.95 7.32 www.sigmaco.com BUM i [ i©1Fftn 9 Notice: D.I. Fittings have higher tensile strength then 9 D.I. Threaded fittings are UL, cUL listed and Factory Mutual that of steel pipe, over tightening can cause damage approved for 500psi servce. Dl. Per ASTM A 536 grade 65-45- to pipe threads which may cause leakage. D.I. Fitting 12. Dimensions conform to ANSI 1316.3 Class 150. Threads are should be tightened three turns beyound hand tighten, NPT per ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 no more than four turns. Description I D. 1. 90 Degreed Elbow 1 1 UM L IZE I W-EIGHt 1D9080606 1.50 1.50 0.62 1 1/4" 1D90B0707 1.75 1.75 0.90 1 1/2" 1D90B0808 1.94 1.94 1.20 1D90130909 2.25 2.25 1.85 Description 1 1 D. Straight Teel I B[J H C@US [Lit LNOM SIZE LAK_IL_A 1LIii1I&EIGmj 1DT060606 1.50 1.50 0.85 1 1/4" 1DT070707 1.75 1.75 1.22 1 1/2" 1D1080808 1.94 1.94 1.55 1DT090909 2.25 2.25 2.45 Description I D. 1. Coupling I I 1 ( I III USM A 1' LN?M ''E LDIMJI ITEM _][ BLACJEI1LGJj 1DCP0606 1.50 0.85 11/4" 1DCP0707 1.75 1.22 1 1/2" 1DCP0808 1.94 1.55 1DCP0909 2.25 2.45 Description L D. 1. Red. 90 Deg.ElbowF 111TEM C 1rEIMENsKNJI ITEM I NOM ZEj LbACK IL A J[B7 YJH)1 1 X1/2" 1D90R0604 1.26 1.36 0.44 I X3/4" 1D90R0605 1.37 1.45 0.52 1 1/4 X 1/2" 1D90R0704 1.34 1.53 0.64 1 1/4 X 3/4" 1D90R0705 1.45 1.62 0.72 1 1/4" X 1" 1D90R0706 1.58 1.67 0.75 1 1/2" X 1" 1D90R0806 1.65 1.80 0.92 11/2" X 1 1/4" 1D90R0807 1.82 1.88 1.08 2" X 1/2" 1D90R0904 1.49 1.88 1.08 2" X 3/4" 1090R0905 1.60 1.97 1.24 2" X 1" 1D90R0906 1.73 2.02 1.40 2" Xl 1/4" 1D90R0907 1.90 2.10 1.52 2" X 11/2" 1D90R0908 2.02 2.16 1.65 Description F I D. 1. Reducing CouplingE I ___ I I1JTEMCD1YE1IflW1[.1I ITEM 1 LNOM SIZE A 1LckiIl C®US LWED 1 X 1/2" 1DCR0604 1.69 0.39 I X314" 1DCR0605 1.69 0.53 Description I D.I. 45 Degreed Elbow I I _ (\t NOM SIZE nTfflrMNs1N:]rITENF1 I I BLACK I[A1[B]gjjjj 1D45B0606 1.12 1.12 0.46 1 1/4" 1D45B0707 1.29 1.29 0.73 1 1/2" 1D45B0808 1.43 1.43 0.92 1D45B0909 1.68 1.68 1.50 www.sigmaco.com Ductile Iron Threaded Description I D. 1. Bushing I 1 B C B IL- MA A C@ E7- us LEM OUTSIDE HEAD INSIDE HEAD IlTEM CODE IID1MENSJIQNi1 DsTYL fit ttvq ~SIZE WT 1 X112" 1DBUS0604 0.75 0.25 1.42 OUT 0.22 1 X 3/4" IDBUS0605 0.75 0.25 1.42 OUT 0.17 1 1/4" X 1" 1DBUS0706 0.80 0.28 1.76 OUT 1.28 1 1/2" X 1" 1DBUS0806 0.83 0.31 2.00 OUT 0.44 11/2"X11/4" 1DBUS0807 0.83 0.31 2.00 OUT 0.30 2" X 1" 1DBUS0906 0.88 0.41 1.95 IN 0.66 2" X1 1/4" 1DBUSO907 0.88 0.34 2.48 OUT 0.72 2" X 1 1/2" 1DBUS0908 0.88 0.34 2.48 OUT 0.61 Description I D. 1. Cross 1 B B Fs hM cDE11IUIMENS1UNI1I ITEM -M fii JIILJE*H 1DX0606 1.50 1.50 0.98 11/4" 1DX0707 1.75 1.75 1.50 11/2" 1DX0808 1.94 1.94 1.90 1DX0909 2.25 2.25 2.95 11/4" X 1" 1 DX0706 1.58 1.67 1.27 11/2" X i 1 DX0806 1.65 1.80 1.45 2" X 1" 1DX0906 1.73 2.02 2.10 Description I D.I. Cap l A c®us r1 LISTED 1 W EWtUPfI LflINL] NOM SIZE MEW] 5LAI ]LA1vEiGIf 1DK06 1.16 0.32 1 1/4" 1DK07 1.28 0.43 1 1/2" IDK08 1.33 0.60 1DK09 1.45 0.91 www.sigmaco.com Description I I DI. Reducing Tee [ I tED 1llTEMCODE1EflEMNIONI I ITE1V[] L NOM SIZE j [ ___ j J J [ç EIGH 1" x lx 1/2" 1DT060604 1.26 1.26 1.36 0.64 1" x 1" x 3/4" 1D1060605 1.37 1.37 1.45 0.73 1" x 1/2" x 1" 1DT060406 1.50 1.36 1.50 0.71 1" x 3/4" x1" 1DT060506 1.50 1.45 1.50 0.76 lx lxi 1/4" 10T060607 1.67 1.67 1.58 0.98 1"x1'x1 1/2" 1DT060608 1.80 1.80 1.65 1.16 11/4" x 1" x 1/2" 1DT070604 1.34 1.26 1.53 0.82 11/4" x 1" x 3/4" 1DT070605 1.45 1.37 1.62 0.90 1 1/4' x 1" x1" 1D1070606 1.58 1.50 1.67 1.00 11/4" x " x 1/4" 1DT070607 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.08 11/4" x " x 1/2" 1DT070608 1.88 1.88 1.82 1.42 1 1/4" x 1 1/4" x 1/2" 1DT070704 1.34 1.34 1.53 0.86 1 1/4" x 1 1/4" x 3/4" 1DT070705 1.45 1.45 1.62 0.92 1 1/4" x 1 1/4" x 1" 1DT070706 1.58 1.58 1.67 0.95 11/4" x 11/4" x 1" 10T070708 1.88 1.88 1.82 1.45 11/4" x 11/4" x 2" 1DT070709 2.10 2.10 1.90 1.75 1 1/2" x 1" x 1/2" 1D1080604 1.41 1.34 1.66 0.95 11/2" x 1" x 3/4" 1D1080605 1.52 1.37 1.75 1.14 11/2" x1" x1" 1D1080606 1.65 1.50 1.80 1.17 11/2" x1" x 1/4" 1D1080607 1.82 1.67 1.88 1.34 11/2" x 1" x 11/2" 10T080608 1.94 1.80 1.94 1.45 11/2" x 1/4" x 1/2" 1DT080704 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.05 11/2" x 11/4" x 3/4" 1D1080705 1.52 1.45 1.75 1.15 11/2" x 11/4" x 1" 1DT080706 1.65 1.58 1.80 1.25 1 1/2"x 1 1/4"x2" 1DT080709 2.16 2.10 2.02 1.90 11/2" x 11/2" x 1/2" 1D1080804 1.41 1.41 1.16 1.15 11/2" x 11/2" x 3/4" 1DT080805 1.52 1.52 1.75 1.24 11/2" x 1/2" x 1" 1D1080806 1.65 1.65 1.80 1.30 11/2" x 11/2" x 1" 1DT080807 1.82 1.82 1.88 1.48 11/2" x 11/2" x 2" 1DT080809 2.16 2.16 2.02 1.98 2" x 1"x2" 1DT090609 2.25 2.02 2.25 2.15 2" x 1/4" x2" 1DT090709 2.25 2.10 2.25 2.30 2" x 1/2" x 1/2" 10T090804 1.49 1.41 1.88 1.50 2" x 1/2" x 3/4" 1D1090805 1.60 1.52 1.97 1.62 2" x 11/2" x 1" 1DT090806 1.73 1.65 2.02 1.64 2" x 11/2" x 11/4" 1DT090807 1.90 1.82 2.10 1.80 2" x 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" 1DT090808 2.02 1.94 2.16 2.00 2" x 1 1/2" x 2" 1D1090809 2.25 2.16 2.25 2.35 2" x 2" x 1/2" 1DT090904 1.49 1.49 1.88 1.60 2" x 2" x 3/4" 1 DT090905 1.60 1.60 1.97 1.68 2" x2" x1" 1D1090906 1.73 1.73 2.02 1.85 2" x 2" x 1 1/4" 1DT090907 1.90 1.90 2.10 2.04 2" x 2" x 1 1/2" 1DT090908 2.02 2.02 2.16 2.18 2" x 2" x 2 1/2" 1DT090910 2.60 2.60 2.39 3.61 2 1/2" x 2" x 3/4" 1DT100905 1.74 1.60 2.32 2.28 H -8SR, k0o V n mcreid(Wo F WLpb E Cl. Threaded fittings are UL, cUL listed and Factory Mutual approved for 300psi servce. Gray iron per ASTM 126 class B. Dimensions conform to ANSI B 16.4 Class 125 except plugs conform toASME B 16,14. Threads are NPT per ANSUASME 131.20.1. Description I I C. 90 Degreed Elbow I I [OM SIJ IITMoUEffflIMENSIUNJII ITEM LAcKIJ [J[J yJJjJJ 1" 1C90B0606 1.50 1.50 0.85 11/4" 1C90B0707 1.75 1.75 1.22 1 1/2" 1C90B0808 1.94 1.94 1.55 2" 1C90B0909 2.25 2.25 2.45 2 1/2" 1C90B10I0 2.70 2.70 4.80 Description I I C. 1. Straight Teel I A A TJB _ umn IITE1W10E1ED1MENISIN1I ITEM 1 OM SIZE 1" 1CT060606 1.50 1.50 0.85 11/4" 1CT070707 1.75 1.75 1.22 1 1/2" 1CT080808 - 1.94 1.94 1.55 2" 1CT090909 2.25 2.25 2.45 2 1/2" 1CT101010 2.70 2.70 6.39 Description I C. I. Reducing Couplingi. I I NOM SIZE ¶UTEMCUUE1L DTMJI IThM] I i BLACK WrziGllit 1 X 1/2" 1CCR0604 1.69 0.62 1 X 3/4" 1CCR0605 1.69 0.69 Description L I C I Reducing 90 Degreed Elbow (jA NOM SIZE ITEM 1 [BK ii. A [ B I Gw1 1 X1/2" 1C90R0604 1.26 1.36 0.44 1 X3/4" 1C90R0605 1.37 1.45 0.52 1 1/4 X 1/2" 1C90R0704 1.34 1.53 0.64 11/4 X 3/4" 1C90R0705 1.45 1.62 0.72 1 1/4" X " - 1C90R0706 1.58 1.67 0.75 11/2" X 1/2" 1C90R0804 1.60 1.70 1.17 1 1/2" X 3/4" 1C90R0805 1.61 1.72 1.30 1 1/2" X 1" 1C90R0806 1.65 1.80 0.92 11/2" X 11/4" 1C90R0807 1.82 1.88 1.08 2" X 1/2" 1C90R0904 1.49 1.88 1.08 2" X 3/4" - 1 C90R0905 1.60 1.97 1.24 2" X 1" - 1C90R0906 1.73 2.02 1.40 2" Xl 1/4' 1C90R0907 - 1.90 2.10 1.52 2" X 1 1/2" 1C90R0908 2.02 2.16 1.65 Description L C. 1. 45 Degreed Elbow I Ei ! NOM SIZE I flTEMCWE1 UDTMENIOINII iTEM 1 i I BLAcicJLJL1Eift1 1C4560606 1.12 1.12 0.46 1 1/4" 1C45B0707 1.29 1.29 0.73 1 1/2" 1C45B0808 1.43 1.43 0.92 1C45B0909 1.68 1.68 1.50 www.sigmaco.com rv -ii [TTI USNO L -Jr______ NOM L_-_J [_BLA.cKIiI A ON1 ITEM I I LW1 r1WEIGH1 1" x 1"x 1/2" 1C1060604 1.26 1.26 1.36 0.95 1" x 1" x 3/4" 1C1060605 1.37 1.37 1.45 1.10 1" x 1/2" x 1" 1C1060406 1.50 1.36 1.50 1.08 lx 3/4" x1" 1CT060506 1.50 1.45 1.50 1.18 1" x lx 1 1/4" 1C1060607 167 1.67 1.58 1.52 1" x 1" x 1 1/2" 1CT060608 1.80 1.80 1.65 1.73 1 1/4" x lx 1/2" 1C1070604 1.34 1.26 1.53 1.17 11/4" x 1" x 3/4" 1CT070605 1.45 1.37 1.62 1.38 11/4" x 1" x 1" 1CT070606 1.58 1.50 1.57 1.47 11/4" x 1" x 11/4" 1CT070607 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.80 1 1/4" x 1" x 1 1/2" 1CT070608 1.88 1.80 1.82 2.05 11/4" x 11/4" x 1/2" 1CT070704 1.34 1.34 1.53 1.37 11/4" x 11/4" x 3/4" 1C1070705 1.45 1.45 1.62 1.54 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 1 1C1070706 1.58 1.58 1.67 1.65 11/4" x 11/4" x 1/2" 1C1070708 1.88 1.88 1.82 2.21 11/4" x 1/4" x2" 1CT070709 2.10 2.10 1.90 2.55 11/2" x 1" x 1/2" 1CT080604 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.41 11/2" x 1" x 3/4" 1C1080605 1.52 1.37 1.75 1.65 11/2" x 1" x 1" 1C1080606 1.65 1.50 1.80 1.65 11/2" x 1" x 11/4" 1CT080607 1.82 1.67 1.88 2.00 1 1/2" x 1" x 1 1/2" 1C1080608 1.94 1.80 1.94 2.30 1 1/2 x 1 1/4 x 1/2 1CT080704 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.58 11/2" x 11/4" x 3/4" 1CT080705 1.52 1.45 1.75 1.72 11/2" x 1/4" x 1" 1CT080706 1.65 1.58 1.80 1.85 1 1/2"x1 1/4"x1 1/4" 1CT080707 1.82 1.75 1.88 2.22 1 1/2"x 1 1/4"x 11/2" 1CT080708 1.94 1.88 1.94 2.45 1 1/2" x 1 1/4" x 2" 1C1080709 2.16 2.10 2.02 2.80 11/2" x 11/2" x 1/2" 1CT080804 1.41 1.41 1.66 1.76 11/2" x 11/2" x 3/4" 1C1080805 1.52 1.52 1.75 1.87 11/2" x 11/2" x 1" 1CT080806 1.65 1.65 1.80 1.94 11/2 x 1/2 x 1/4 1CT080807 1.82 1.82 1.88 2.29 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 2" 1CT080809 2.16 2.16 2.02 3.28 2" x 1" x 2" 1CT090609 2.25 2.02 2.25 3.40 2" x 1 1/4" x 2" 1CT090709 2.25 2.10 2.25 2.80 2" x 11/2" x 1/2" 1CT090804 1.49 1.41 1.88 2.09 2" x 11/2" x 3/4" 1C1090805 1.60 1.52 1.97 2.40 2" x 1 1/2" x 1" 1C1090806 1.73 1.65 2.02 2.54 2" x 1 1/2" x 1 1/4" 1CT090807 1.90 1.82 2.10 2.85 2" x 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" 1CT090808 1.49 1.41 1.88 2.24 513 2" x 1 1/2" x 2" 2" x2" x 1/2" 1CT090809 1CT090904 2.25 1.49 2.16 1.49 2.25 1.88 3.75 2.60 2" x 2" x 3/4" 1CT090905 1.60 1.60 1.97 2.71 2" x 2" x1" 1CT090906 1.73 1.73 2.02 2.97 2" x 2" x 1 1/4" 1CT090907 1.90 1.90 2.10 3.32 2" x 2" x 1 1/2" 1CT090908 2.02 2.02 2.16 3.72 2" x 2" x 2 1/2" 1CT090910 2.60 2.60 2.39 5.10 www.sigmaco.com M N SIZE ID L° S EII DIM I ITENfl LBL!ACK j [A &EtkJl 1/2" 1CPLG0404 0.94 0.10 3/4" 1CPLG0505 1.07 0.17 1CPLG0606 1.25 0.28 1 1/4" 1CPLG0707 1.36 0.44 1 1/2" 1CPLGO808 1.45 0.62 1CPLG0909 1.56 0.91 Description F C. 1. Cross I A A flTEMtU1EiUIM.ENSIQNI1 ITEM OM SIZE [ gjç lE A 1LIikE1Qh 1CX0606 1.50 1.50 1.54 1 1/4" 1CX0707 1.75 1.75 2.40 1 1/2" 1CX0808 1.94 1.94 : 3.10 1CX0909 2.25 2.25 4.00 1 1/4" X 1" 1CX0706 1.58 1.67 2.05 1 1/2" X 1" 1CX0806 1.65 1.80 2.40 2" x 1" 1CX0906 1.73 2.02 2.75 Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Description r Description I C. Reducing Tee' - i C.I. Plugs F I AB O© [© srulm~k O Carbon Steel schedule 40 welded pipe nipples threaded to spec. ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 Description I Black.Steel '71 NOMINAL SIZE F7ENGTH]I E-11 18" 11 1/4" 1L. 1L]i'iL_3/4" II 1" II 1114" IL I TIT- j[2"J CLOSE 1NB0101 1NB0201 1NB0301 1NB0401 1NB0501 1N80601 1NB0701 1NBO801 1NB0901 1 1/2' 1NBO108 1NB0208 1NB0308 1NB0408 1NB0508 NA NA NA NA 2" 1NB0109 1NB0209 . 1NB0309 1NB0409 1NB0509 1NB0609 1NB0709 1NB0809 NA 2 1/2" 1NBO110 1NB02010 1NB0310 1NB0410 1NB0510 1NB0610 1NB0710 1NB0810 1NB0910 3" 1NBO111 1NB0211 1NB0311 1NB0411 1NBO511 1NB0611 1NB0711 1NBO811 1NB0911 3 1/2" 1NB0111-5 1NB0211-5 1NB0311-5 1NB0411-5 1NB0511-5 1NB0611-5 1NB0711-5 1NB0811-5 1NB0911-5 4" 1NBO112 1NB0212 1NB0312 1NB0412 1NB0512 1N80612 1NB0712 1NB0812 1NB0912 4 1/2" 1NBO112-5 1NB0212-5 1NB0312-5 1NB0412-5 1NB0512-5 1NB0612-5 1NB0712-5 1NB0812-5 1N80912-5 5" 1NBO113 1NB0213 1NB0313 1NB0413 1NB0513 1N80613 1NB0713 1NB0813 1NB0913 5 1/2" 1NBO113-5 1NB0213-5 1NB0313-5 1NB0413-5 1N80513-5 1NB0613-5 1NB0713-5 1NB0813-5 1NB0913-5 6" 1NBO114 1NB0214 1N80314 1NB0414 1NB0514 1NB0614 1NB0714 1NB0814 1NB0914 6 1/2" 1NBO114-5 1NB0214 -5 1NB0314-5 1NB0414-5 1N80514-5 1NB0614-5 1NB0714-5 1NB0814-5 1NB0914-5 7" NA NA NA NA NA 1NB06147 1NB07147 1NB08147 1N809147 71/2" NA NA NA NA NA 1NB06147-5 1 NB07147-5 1 NB08147-5 1NB09147-5 8" 1NBO115 1NB0215 1N80315 1N80415 1NB0515 1NB0615 1NB0715 1N80815 1NB0915 81/2" NA NA NA NA NA 1N80615-5 1NB0715-5 1NB0815-5 1NB0915-5 9" 1NBO116 1NB0216 1NB0316 1NB0416 1NB0516 1NB0616 1NB0716 1NB0816 1NB0916 9 1/2" NA NA NA NA NA 1NB0616 -5 1NB0716-5 1NB0816-5 1NB0916-5 10" 1NBO117 1NB0217 1NB0317 1NB0417 1NB0517 1NB0617 1NB0717 1NB0817 1N80917 10 1/2" NA NA NA NA NA 1NB0617-5 1NB0717-5 1NB0817-5 1NB0917-5 11" 1NBO118 1NB0218 1NB0318 1NB0418 1NB0518 1NB0618 1NB0718 1NB0818 1NB0918 111/2" NA NA NA NA NA 1NB0618-5 1NB0718-5 1NB0818-5 1NB0918-5 12" 1NBO119 1NB0219 1NB0319 1N80419 1NB0519 , 1N60619 1NB0719 1NB0819 1NB0919 FLENGTH iLi1'1L NOMINALSIZE JL 4' Jt i CLOSE 1NB1001 1NB1101 1NB1201 1NB1401 1NBI0I1 1NB1111 NA NA 31/2" 1NB1011-5 1NB1111-5 1NB1211-5 NA 1NB1012 1NB1112 1NB1212 NA 41/2" 1NB1012-5 1NB1112-5 1NB1212-5 NA 1NB1013 1NB1113 1NB1213 NA 51/2" INB1013-5 1NB1113-5 1NB1213-5 NA 1NB1014 1NB1114 1NB1214 1NB1414 8 1NB1015 1N81115 1NB1215 1NB1415 1NB1016 1NB1116 1NB1216 1NB1416 1NB1017 1NB1117 1NB1217 1NB1417 1NB1018 1NB1118 1NB1218 1NB1418 1N81019 1NB1119 1NB1219 1NB1419 VD D 0 www.sigmaco.com 0 UM© pUSS fl Carbon Steel schedule 40 welded pipe nipples threaded to spec. ANSI/ASME B 1.20.1 Galvanized to spec. ASTM A 153- for zinc coating. Description F GalvanizedSteeli____________________________________________________ II NOMINAL SIZE I±LENGTH1iIjL I [318"J[ iLJE_/41L i1I 1114 IL11JJLL1IJ CLOSE 1NG0101 1NG0201 1NG0301 1NG0401 1NG0501 1NG0601 1NG0701 1NG0801 1NG0901 1" NA 1NG0201-1 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 1 1/4" NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 11/2 1NG0108 1NG0208 1NG0308 1NG0408 1NG0508 NA NA NA NA 2" 1NG0109 1NG0209 1NG0309 1NG0409 1NG0509 1NG0609 1NG0709 1NG0809 NA 2 1/2" 1NG0110 1NG02010 1NG0310 1NG0410 1NG0510 1NG0610 1NG0710 1NG0810 1NG0910 3" 1NG0111 1NG0211 1NG0311 1NG0411 1NG0511 ING0611 1NG0711 1NG0811 1NG0911 3 1/2" 1NG0111-5 ING021I-5 1NG0311-5 1NG04I1-5 1NG05I1-5 1NG0611-5 ING07II-5 ING08I1-5 ING09I1-5 4 1NG0112 1NG0212 1NG0312 1NG0412 1NG0512 1NG0612 1NG0712 1NG0812 1NG0912 4 1/2' 1NG0112-5 1NG0212-5 1NG0312-5 1NG0412-5 1NG0512-5 1NG0612-5 1NG0712-5 1NG0812-5 1NG0912-5 5' 1NG0113 1NG0213 1NG0313 1NG0413 1NG0513 1NG0613 1NG0713 1NG0813 1NG0913 5 1/2" 1NG0113-5 1NG0213-5 1NG0313-5 1NG0413-5 1NG0513-5 1NG0613-5 1NG0713-5 1NG0813-5 1NG0913-5 6" 1NG0114 1NG0214 1NG0314 1NG0414 1NG0514 1NG0614 1NG0714 1NG0814 1NG0914 6 1/2" 1NG0114-5 1NG0214-5 1NG0314-5 1NG0414-5 1NG0514-5 1NG0614-5 1NG0714-5 1NG0814-5 1NG0914-5 NA NA NA 1NG04147 NA 1NG06147 1NG07147 1NG08147 1NG09147 1NG0115 1NG0215 1NG0315 1NG0415 1NG0515 1NG0615 1NG0715 1NG0815 1NG0915 8 1/2" NA NA NA 1NG0415-5 NA NA NA NA ' NA 1NG0116 1NG0216 1NG0316 1NG0416 1NG0516 1NG0616 1NG0716 1NG0816 1NG0916 1NG0117 1NG0217 1NG0317 , 1NG0417 1NG0517 1NG0617 1NG0717 1NG0817 1NG0917 1NG0118 1NG0218 1NG0318 1NG0418 1NG0518 1NG0618 1NG0718 1NG0818 1NG0918 1NG0119 1NG0219 1NG0319 1NG0419 1NG0519 1NG0619 1NG0719 1NG0819 1NG0919 LLENGTH NOMINAL SIZE CLOSE 1NG1001 1NG1101 1NG1201 1NG1401 3" 1NG1011 1NG1111 NA NA 31/2" 1NG1011-5 1NG1111-5 NA NA 4" 1NGI012 1NG1112 1NG1212 NA 4 1/2" 1NGI012-5 1NG1112-5 1NG1212-5 NA 5" 1NG1013 1NG1113 1NG1213 NA 5 1/2" 1NG1013-5 1NG1113-5 1NG1213-5 NA 6" 1NG1014 1NG1114 1NG1214 1NG1414 7" NA 1NG1114-5 NA NA 8" 1NG1015 1NG1115 1NG1215 1NG1415 9" 1NG1016 1NG1116 1NG1216 1NG1416 0 10" 1NG1017 1NG1117 1NG1217 1NG1417 a ll" 1NG1018 1NG1118 1NG1218 1NG1418 12" 1NG1019 1NG1119 1NG1219 1NG1419 ~=j www.sigmaco.com WLERD COUPUKOO fl Manufactured from carbon steel (which conforms to ASTM A 865 standard) [Threads conform to ASME 131 .20.1 standards for pipe threads. [Sizes 2" and below are straight tapped and 2 1/2" and above are tapper tapped. Description J - Size L Item Code D 1/2" IMCC0404 1.063" 1.563" 3/4" 1 MCC0505 1.313" 1.625" 1MCC0606 1.576" 2.00" 1-1/4" 1MCC0707 1.900" 2.063" 1-1/2" 1 MCC0808 2.200" 2.063" 1MCCO909 2.750" 2.125" 2-1/2" 1MCC1010 3.250" 3.125" 1MCC1111 4.00" 3.250" IMCCI2I2 5.00" 3.500" www.sigmaco.com Eaton Pipe Clamps TOLCO Fig. 25 - Surge Restrainer Size Range: - One size fits 3/4" (20mm) thru 2" (40mm) pipe. Material: - Pre-Galvanized Steel Function: - Designed to be used in conjunction with Fig. 200 band hangers to restrict the upward movement of piping as it occurs during sprinkler head activation or earthquake type activity. The surge restrainer is easily and efficiently installed by snapping into a locking position on the band hanger. This product is intended to satisfy the requirements as indicated in the National Fire Protection Association NFPA 13, 2010 edition, 9.2.3.4.4.1 and 9.2.3.4.4.4 Can be used to restrain either steel pipe or CPVC plastic Pipe. Approvals: - Underwriters Laboratories Listed only when used with band hanger Fig. 200, in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Finish: Pre-Galvanized Order By: Part number and band hanger, size from 3/4" (20mm) thru 2(40mm). Patent #5,344,108 Approx. WtIlOO Part No. lbs. (kg) 25 4.8 (2.2) c®Us LISTED II i) All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 99 B-Line series Pipe Hangers & Supports FIG. 988 Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System 98 - Rod Stiffener Fi98B - Rod Stiffener w/Break-off Bolt Head Size RangèSecures 3/8" thru 7/8' hanger rod Material - Steel Function - S71ncludeur urannel to hanger rod for vertical seismic bracing. Approvals - Seismic Restraints Catalog approved FIG. 98 Finish - Electro Galvanized Note - Available in HDG finish or Stainless materials. Order By - Figure number Fig. 99 - All Thread Rod Cut to Length Size Range - Secures 3/8" thru 7/8" rod in 1" increments Material - Carbon Steel Maximum Temperature - 750°F Finish - Plain Note - Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By - Figure number, rod diameter, rod length and finish Dimensions 'Sod Max. Rec. Load Lbs. Si For Service Temp 650°F 3/8 730 1/2 N4, 1350 3/4 7/8 Size Range - Secures 3/8" thru 11/2" rod in 10' lengths Material - Carbon Steel Maximum Temperature - 750°F Finish - Plain Note - Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By - Figure number, rod diameter and finish Fig. 100- All Thread Rod Full Lncith Dimensions • Weights Max Rec. Load Lbs. Rod For Service Temps Approx. Size 650°F Wt/100 1/4 240 12 3/8 730 29 1/2 1350 53 5/8 2160 84 3/4 3230 123 7/8 4480 169 1 5900 222 11/4 9500 360 11/2 13800 510 OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • P11: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737 0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com 98( K C&S <e> LISTED Set Screw Included Mounting Hardware Is Not Included <A 980H \?~, ®TOLCO All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Pipe Hangers & Supports 182 B-Line by T43 Seismic Bracing Fig. 980 - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment - I8"-16 to /4"-10 rods Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Fig. 980H - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment - I8"-9 to 11/4117 rods Seismic Restraints System Size Range: One size fits bracing pipe 1 "(25mm) thru 2" (50mm), Cooper B-Line 12 gauge (2.6mm) channel, and all structural steel up to 1/4" (31 .7mm) thick. Material: Steel Function: Multi-functional attachment to structure or braced pipe fitting. Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 (2010) 9.3.5.8.4 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures verification of proper installation. Installation: Fig.980 is the structural or transitional attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe and TOLCO braced pipe" attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 2002, 4L, 4A or 46 to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 980 onto the "bracing pipe. Tighten the set screw until the head breaks off. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Approvals: —Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines. Note: Fig. 980 Swivel Attachment and Fig. 1001, Fig. 1000, Fig. 2002, Fig. 4A, Fig. 4B or Fig. 4L pipe clamps make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized or Stainless Steel. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes. Order By: Figure number and finish. US Patent Numbers Pat. #6,273,372, Pat. #6,517,030, Pat. #6,953,174, Pat. #6,708,930, Pat. #7,191,987, Pat. #7,441,730, Pat. #7,669,806 L'•* ______ 980-/8 51/4" (133.3) 1/8" (47.6) 13/32" (10.3) 2015 (8.96) 1 1320 (5.87) 1970 (8.76) 2310 (10.27) 2550 (11.34) 149 (67.6) 980-I2 51/4" (133.3) 1/8" (47.6) 17/32" 148 7L 980-I8 51/4" 1/8" (47.6) 11/16" J17.5). 147 (7) 980-I4 51/4" 1/8" (47.6) /16" _1_ 980H-7/8 6/4" (171.4) 31/2" (88.9) 15/16" j_ _40 -_ --- 980H-1 6I4" (171.4) 31/2" (88.9) 11/16" (27.0) 400 (181.4) 980H-1 1/s 6/4" (171.4) 31/2" (88.9) 1/16" (30.2) 397 (180.1) 980H-11/4 6/4" (171.4) 31/2" (88.9) 1/16" (33.3) 390 (176.9) * Mounting attachment hole size. Installed with 1" or 11/4" Schedule 40 brace pipe. Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by 6-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. ®TOLCD c® USTED Set Screv mi All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Pipe Hangers & Supports 170 B-Line by ET4i TOLCOTM Seismic Bracing Fig. 41 - Longitudinal "In-Line" Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 2" (50mm) through 8" (200mm) IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) 21/2" (65mm) through 8" (200mm) pipe. Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM), 2" (50mm) through 8" (200mm) pipe. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4L is the "braced pipe" attachment component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage "bracing pipe" into jaw opening and tighten set screw until head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. 4-Way Riser Bracel 'fit (plan view) I 74, IRK -- (--) 247 (112.0) 41-2 (50) 5/8" (136.5) 21/16" (52.4) 21/16" (52.4) 1/2"13 2015 (8.96) 41_21/2 21/2" (65) 6I16" (163.5) 21/2" (63.5) 2/4" (69.8) 1/2"13 2015 (8.96) 3000 (13.34) 253 (114.7) 41-3 (80) (177.8) 2I4" (69.8) 31/16" (77.8) 1/211..13 2015 (8.96) 1550 (6.89) 268 (121.5) 41-4 (100) 81/2" (215.9) 3I8" (85.7) 311/16" (937) 1/2"_13 2015 (8.96) 1550 (6.89) 348 1 (157.8) 41-5 (125) 93/4" (247.6) 3/8" (98.4) 4 /8" (1111) 1/2"..13 2015 (8.96) 1450 (6.45) 380 (172.3) 41-6 (150) 111/2" (292.1) 5" (127.0) 51/8" (130.2) 1/2"13 2015 (8.96) 1450 (6.45) 640 (290.3) 41-8 (200) 131/4" (336.5) 5I8' (142.8) 5/8" (142.9) 1/2"..13 2015 (8.96) 1450 (6.45) 728 (330.2) 41-2 ' (50) 2015 (8.96) -- -- -- -- 41_2112 21/2" (65) 2015 (8.96) 1030 (4.58) 1180 (5.24) 1420 (6.31) 1590 (7.07) 4L-3 (80) 2015 (8.96) 1030 (4.58) 1180 (5.24) 1420 (6.31) 1590 (7.07) 414 (100) 2015 (8.96) 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 41-5 (125) 2015(8.96) 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 41-6 (150) 2015(8.96) 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 41-8 8" (200) 2015 (8.96) 490 (2.18) 680 (3.02) 830 (3.69) 930 (4.13) * The loads listed are axial loads on the brace. The horizontal load capacity, H, of the brace is: H = F x sin ?, where ? the installation angle measured from the vertical. FM approved when used with 1", 11/4", 11&" or 2" Sch. 40 brace pipe. Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. Seismic Bracin TOLCO Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 1' 126mm) thru 8' (200mm) IFS. Seismic Restraints System * Pipe size used for bracing: 1125mm) and 11/4" (32mm) Schedule 40 IPS. C&S <~> Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. USTED The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IFS. Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design Al I requires no threading of bracing pipe. Can be used as a component of a four-way iT riser brace. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Set Screws Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten Included two hex head cone point set screws until heads bottom out. A minimum of 1' (25mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or Pipe Max. Horizontal Design Load JUL) - Lbs. bottom of pipe to be braced. Size For Brace Pipe Size 1"I11I4" Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA and Canada (cULus). Sch. 1 Sch. 10 Sch. 40 Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). Included in our Seismic Restraints in. fl1 l"/1 /4" 1" /11/4" 1"/11/4" Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning (25) --I-- 1000/1000 1000/1000 and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic 11/4" (32) 1000/1000 1000/1000 1000/1000 Restraint Systems Guidelines, OPA-0300-10. 11/2" (40) 1000/1000 1500/1500 1500/1500 Finish: Plain or Electro-Ga Ivan ized. Contact customer service for alternative (50) 1000/1000 2015/2015 2015/2015 finishes and materials. 21/2" (65) 1600/1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 Order By: Indicate pipe size to be braced followed by pipe size used for bracing, figure number and finish. 3" (80) 1600/1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as 4" (100) 1600/1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure performance, the 6" (150) 1600/1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 UL Listing requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing 8" (200) 1600/1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 products. Part Number & Approx. Wt./100 Max. Horizontal Design Load (FM) Pipe For Sch. 1, Sch. 10, & Sch. 40 Pipe 1.23 Size 1" (24mm) Brace Pipe 11I4" (32mm) Brace Pipe 300-440 450-590 600-140 150-900 in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kN) (25) 1001-1 X 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1 X11/4 118.0 (53.5) 1800 (8.00) 2550 (11.34) 3120 (13.88) 3490 (25.52) 11/4" (32) 1001-1'/4 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1'/4 X 11/4 114.0 (51,7) 1230 (5.47) 174017.741 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) 11/2" (40) 1001.11/2 X 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1'/z X 11/4 115.0 (52.1) 1230 (5.47) 1740 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) (50) 1001-2 X 108.0 (49.0) 1001-2 X 11/4 121.0 (54.9) 1230 15.471 1740 (7.14) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) 21/2" (65) 1001.21/2 X 138.6 (62.8) 1001_21/2 X 11/4 160.4 (72.7) 800 (3.56) 1130(5.02) 1380 (6.14) 1540 (6.85) (80) 1001-3 X 1 147.2 (66.7) 1001-3 X 11/4 168.7 (76,5) 850 (3.78) 1200 (5.34) 1470 (6.54) 1640 (7.29) (100) 1001-4 X 1 160.9 (73.0) 1001-4 X 11/4 182.4 (82.7) 850 (3.78) 1200 (5.34) 1470 (6.54) 1640 (7.29) 6" (150) 1001-6X1 190.0 (86.2) 1001-6X11I4 211.4 (95.9) 510 (2.27) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 8" (200) 1001-8 X 217.4 (98.6) 1001-8 X 11/4 238.8 (108.3) 510 (2.27) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 1 FM Approved when used with 1 or 11/4 inch NIPS Schedule 40 GB/T 3091 EN 10255H, or JIS G3451 steel pipe as the brace member. 2 Load rating for LW above refers to FM Approved Lightwall Pipe commonly referred to as "Schedule 7". These ratings may also be applied when EN 10220 and GB/T 8163 steel pipe. Load rating for Schedule 10 above may be applied to GB/T 3092,EN 10255M and H, or JIS G3454, FM Approved Thinwall, or Schedule 40 steel pipes. Note: See UL load ratings in UL Listed Design Load chart shown under drawing. sb~ All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton 193 B-Line series Pipe Hangers & Supports I SAMMYS® FOR WOOD Not less than 2" nominal width Not less than 3" nominal thickness (2-1/21 (depth or side at vertical member) FotVbhlical use base j malejJo513çomphance -No pre-drilling required. Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. Saves time from traditional methods. Reduces installation costs. Manufactured in the U.S.A. Composite I Truss Consul truss msnufaclurer fur recommended nato lalion point P -dn!lirg ma be required fur GST 25-380 Tvolavarabeu page 11 Watch a videe demonstration at www.itwbuildex.com I %'1alII,q_IJuL.I,httr - 1/4" 8002957 GST 100 1/4 x r 210 (7/16"OSB) 1/4 8003957 GST 200 1/4 x 2 1.760 (Fir) .t.. 3/8" 8007957 GST 10 1/4 xl" 210 (7/16"OSB) 300 318" 8008957 GST 20 -. 1/4x2" 1760 (Fir) - 850 - 3/8" 8068925 GST20-SS 1/4x2" 1760 (Fir) 850 #14 Black - 3/8" 8009925 GST 25-380 3/8x2-1/2" 2113 (Fir) 1500 Nut Driver ' 3/8" 8010957 GST 30 1/4 x 3" 2060 (Fir) 1500 Part#8113910 3/8 8069925 GST 3OSS 1/4x3 2060 (Fe) - 1/2" 8013925 GST2 1/4x2" 1760 (Fir) 1/2" 8015925 GST3 - 1/4x3" - - 2275 (Fir) 25 125 - 25 125 25 125 1475 25 125 25 125 25 125 1475 25 125 - _5_ 125 25 125 25 125 ELJ #14 SW Red Nut Driver Pad # 8114910 0 wooanscnumn SOft. 17 (0-1 SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue dlling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. 1 IN: MYS Not less than 2' nominal width -- (1-1/2") up to 3-1/2" pipe; not less than 3' (2-1/2') nominal width 4" & 5" pipe 4 0 Floor Joist Minimum 2-1/2" from bottom for branch lines. Minimum 3" from bot- tom for main lines. Exception: This requirement shall not apply to 2' or thicker nailing strips resting on top of steel beams. No pre-drilling required. Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. Saves time from traditional methods. Reduces installation costs. Manufactured in the U.S.A. Wald, a ,ideo demonsfretion at vwMwbulldex.com I 1/4' 8019957 3/8" 8020957 I 3/8" 8021957 3/8' 8073925 I 3/8" 8022925 - #14SWRed L - 3/8" 8023925 Nut Driver Pail #8114910 'May require pre-drilling: consult joist manufacturer SWG 200 1/4 x 2" 1725 (Fir) 25 125 SWG 10 1/4x 1" 622 (Fir) 300 25 125 SWG 20 1/4x2" 1725 (Fir) 1050 25 125 SWG 20-SS 1/4x 2" 1725 (Fir) 850 25 125 - SWG 25-380 3/8 x 2-1/2" 2249 (Fir) 1500 25 125 SWG 30 1/4 x 3' 1884 (Fir) 25 125 121111111111111 WOWXWT ORKVM • Eliminates distortion of threaded rod. \ - \ • Accommodates up to 3%" x 12 pitch roof. ,- -' Allows 17 deflection from vertical. ----' - ---) • Saves time from traditional methods. - • Reduces installation costs. MAX SNGLEW . • Manufactured in the U.S.A. 1050 1475 1500 850 @45° #14 Black Nut Driver Part # 8113910 #14 SH Orange Nut Driver Part #8273910 3/8" 8139957 SH-GST2O 1/4x2" 1257 (Fir) 1903 Dim. Lumber 3/8" 8269957 St-1-GST/CST 20 5/16 x 1-3/4" 1406 @ 45"off vertical Dim. Lumber 903 Dim. Lumber 1/2' 8303957 SH-GST/CST 2.0 5/16 x 1-3/4" 1406 @ 450off vertical Dim. Lumber 'May require pre-drilling; consult joist manufacturer. 25 125 25 125 251j ACCESSORIES Fe-d~nll"hole with a regular dnhl or hole saw. rew into #14 black nut driver. With wing nut and washer on bolt, insert wing nut through surface, and begin installation When bolt is secure and nut driver spins free stop drill motor and remove. Pre-Cast . . 0110w Core 4 SST screw is now ready to receive 1/4",3/8",or Metric all Concrete thread rod or bolt stock. Case City 1/4W 8063925 SST 300 1/4 x 3 450 (Lath & Plaster) kJR6d Size Part Number Mocl'e~ screw Descriptions 25 125 Jinni11tr1lu Box Qty - 404 (2 Layers 5/8 Rock) 3/8 8064925 SST 30 1/4 x 3 450 (Lath & Plaster) 25 125 #14 Black 404 (2 Layers 5/8 Rock) Nut Driver Part #8113910 3/16" eyelet to accommodate common wire size fA Use the Sneedv Pole Toor 2 A for easy installation ( A of ceiling screws without ladders Q t or scaffolding! -, (See pg 13 for details) Part Overal ToiaC Ultimate Max ICC Test Box Case~: Approvals Substrate Model Point Description Number Length Pullout (Ibs) Gauge Load (Ibs) Qty Qty ICC STEEL 8107957 CWSD 1* Teks 1/4 xl" 2" 472 (20 ga) 16 ga. 170 (20 ga.( 25 125 ICC STEEL Gimlet 472 (20 ga) 8190957 CWSD 15 1/4 x 1-1/2" 2-3/4 1393 (Fir) 20 ga. 170 (20 ga.( 25 125 WOOD Teks ICC STEEL 8108957 CWSD 2* Teks 1/4x? 3-1/4" 472 (20 ga) 16 g& 170 (20 ga.) 25 125 CWIT ICC 8110910 CWIT Installation Tool Installation Tool * Does not comply with ROHS requirements Part #8110910 / "Does not comply with ROHS requirements /Includes retaining nut lOUt LI! VOl Part #8273910 MMYS] on Made with Teks® self-drilling fasteners - no pre-drilling required. Installs into steel range from 20 gauge - 1/2" thicknesses. A standard screwgun with a depth sensitive nosepiece should be used to install Teks. For optimal fastener performance, the screwgun should be a minimum of 6 amps and have an RPM range of 0-2500. Saves time from traditional methods. Reduces installation costs. Quick to install using the Sammys Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. Watch a eideo demonstration at Manufactured in the U.S.A. #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part #8114910 1/4" 8047957 SWD 100 1/4-14 xl" TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.) .060"-16 ga 3/16" 25 125 1/4 8049957 SWDR 100 1/4-20 xl TEKS 3 1900 (20 ga) .036"-20 ga 3/16 25 125 3/8 8050957 SWD 10 1/4-14 xl" TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.) .060-16 ga - 3/16" 25 125 3/8 8080925 SWD 10-SS 1/414x1 TEKS3 1477 (16 ga.) .060"-16 ga- 3/16 25 125 3/8" 8052957 SAID 20 1/4-14 x 2 TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.) .060"-16 ga 3/16" 25 125 - - 3/8 8055957 SWDR 1 11420 xl TEKS 3 1900 (20 ga) 1500 1475 036 20 ga 3/16 25 125 3/8 8054957 SWDR 1-1/2 * 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 2375 (3/16') 1500 1475 .188-3/16" 1/2" 25 125 3/8 8056957 SWDR 516 5/16-18 xl 1/4 TEKS 3 2480 (20 ga) 1500 1475 .036"-20 ga 3/16 25 125 3/8" 8057957 SWT15 12-24x1-1/2TEKS5 2375(3/16") .188'3/16" 1/2" 25 125 includes retaining nut Upper Attachments B3199R - Ceiling Flange B3199RCT - Ceiling Flange Dura-Copper Coated Size Range: /8'-16 & 1 /2 -13 rod Material: Malleable Iron (Stainless Steel Type 304 available) Standard Finish: Plain or Electro-Ga Ivan ized B3199RCT is DURA-COPPERTM coated Function: Designed for attaching a hanger or support rod to beams, ceilings, or walls. Order By: Part number and finish. B3199RCT B Overall F For 1/4' Flat Head Machine Screws or Wood Screws B3199 1, (Rod or Pipe Thread) Hanger Rod or Pipe Not Included Part No. Thread Size B Design Load Approx. Wt.I100 A in. (mm) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kg) B3199R-3/8 B3199RCT-3/8 I8"-16 /16" (11.1) 180 (.80) 13 (5.9) 83199111-1/2 B3199RCT-1/2 1/2'_13 1/2" (12.7) 180 (.80) 17 (7.7) TOLCOTh Fig. 18 - All Steel Ceiling Plate Size Range: /8"-1 6 rod Material: Pre-Galvanized Steel Function: Attachment to wood beams, ceilings, metal decks or walls. Can also be welded to steel beams. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Additionally, UL has listed the Fig. 78 with fasteners as shown in the table below. Finish: Plain. Contact customer service for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Part number, rod size and finish c®Us US Patent #5,702,077 USTED UL Listed Fastener Table Pipe Size I Qty Fastener Type Material 1/2" -2" 2 #14 X 11/4" A-point hex-washer-head sheet metal screw Wood 21/2" -4" 2 1/4" x 11/2" wood screws* Wood 1/2" - 2" 2 1/4" x 1" tek screws Metal (18 gauge) 1/2" -2" 2 #14 It 11/4" A-point hex-washer-head sheet metal screw Wood 1/2" - 2" 2 #14 x 2" A-point-hex-washer-head sheet metal screw Wood thru /8" gyp board * No pre-drilling Part No. Pipe Size A B C Hole Dia. D Thread Size Design Load Approx. Wt./100 in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) E Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kg) 18-/8 1/2" -2" (15-60) 3" (76.2) 21/8" (54.0) 11/8" (28.6) /16" (7.9) /8"-16 150 (0.67) 15 (6.8) Consult Factory For Data All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. -- B-Line series Pipe Hangers & Supports 216 Eaton Victaulic® FireLock NXTTM Preaction Trim \4taUliC Series 769N 31.82 Patented 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes 1 ½ - 8"/DN40 - DN200 Pressure Class Up to 300 psi/2068 kPa/21 bar Minimum Air Pressure 13 psi/90 kPa/.90 bar Acutation Options Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator Series 767 Electric/Pneumatic Actuator Series 798 Double-Pneumatic Actuator Electric Release 24V DC Normally closed solenoid Release Mechanism Non-Interlocked Single Interlocked Double Interlocked Valve Configurations Bare Pre-trimmed Vic-Quick Riser: Pre-trimmed and includes: Shut Off Valve (1 ½7DN40: Series 728 Ball Valve, 2 - 87DN50 - DN200: Series 705 FireLockM Butterfly Valve) Pre-set alarm pressure switch Pre-set high or low air pressure switch (Dry Pilot Only) Drain Connection kit Fire-Pac Series 745 (refer to Victaulic publication 30.23) ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date IIi, ,nr,1 31.82 9999 Rev B updated 02/2019 © 2019 Victaulic company. All rights reserved. 1 4tauIic victaulic.com 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (Continued) Application: For use on fire protection systems only 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS Lam 104-la/02 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Body: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Clapper: Aluminum bronze Latch: Aluminum bronze Shafts: Stainless 17-4 Clapper Seal: Peroxide cured EPDM Bushings/Seat 0-rings: Nitrile Springs: Stainless steel Diaphragm: Peroxide cured EPDM with fabric reinforcement The 1W/DN40 and 2/DN50 valve sizes contain washers under the heads of the cover plate bolts. Item Description 1 Valve Body 2 Clapper 3 Clapper Seal 4 Seal Ring 5 Seal Washer 6 Seal Retaining Ring 7 Seal Assembly Bolt 8 Clapper Spring 9 Clapper Shaft 10 Clapper Shaft Bushing and 0-Ring (Qty. 2) Item Description 11 Cover Plate 12 Cover Plate Gasket 13 Cover Plate Bolts 14 Latch 15 Latch Spring 16 Latch Spring Bushing and 0-Ring (Qty. 2) 17 Diaphragm 18 Diaphragm Cover 19 Diaphragm Cover Cap Screws (Qty. 8) 20 Latch Shaft 31.82 9999 Rev B Updated 02/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 \J4taUIiC victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL (Continued) o Standard Trim Package: Non-Interlocked Pneumatic Release: The pneumatic release system uses a supervisory pilot line to detect a release event. When EITHER a pilot sprinkler or a system sprinkler operates, the water in the diaphragm chamber is released and the valve operates. Pneumatic/Electric Release: The Victaulic Electric Release System uses an electric solenoid valve, approved electric panel and a compatible detection system. The valve operates when the water in the diaphragm chamber is released when Either an electric detection or a system sprinkler operates. Single Interlocked Electric Release: The Victaulic Electric Release System uses an electric solenoid valve, approved electric panel and a compatible detection system. The valve operates when the water in the diaphragm chamber is released when a release system event occurs. Pneumatic Release: The pneumatic release system uses a supervisory pilot line to detect a release event. Only when a pilot sprinkler operates will the water in the diaphragm chamber be released and the valve operate. Double Interlocked Electric Release: The electric/pneumatic/electric release uses two electric detection devices, a fire detection device and a low pressure switch installed in the sprinkler system. The valve will actuate ONLY when BOTH a fire detection event and loss of system pressure occurs. Pneumatic/Electric Release: The pneumatic/electric preaction system uses both a pneumatically pressurized sprinkler system, and an electric release system, (composed of an approved solenoid valve, electric panel and an appropriate sensor). The valve will activate ONLY when there is a pressure loss in the sprinkler system AND the electric detection of a release event. Pneumatic/Pneumatic: The pneumatic/pneumatic system uses one Series 798 Double Pneumatic Actuator to control the Series 769N Actuated Valve. The valve will operate ONLY when there are sprinklers activated in both the pilot line and the sprinkler system. All required pipe nipples and fittings - standard galvanized finish All standard trim accessories All required gauges Series 755 Manual Release Panel El Optional Trim Package: Black Trim for Foam Systems - If the valve is intended for use in a foam system, black trim must be ordered, per NFPA requirements. Specify this requirement on the order. 31.82 9999 Rev B Updated 02/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com jtaUIic victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL (Continued) Optional Accessories: D Alarm Pressure Switch - Alarm pressure switches activate electrical alarms at the control panel when the 769N valve actuates and flows water into the system piping, (Note: an open sprinkler may not actuate a 769N valve but any low air alarms should operate.) Air Supervisory Pressure Switch - Air Pressure Supervisory Switches are used to monitor low and high system air pressure and are factory pre-set. Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator - The Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator is required when the Series 769N Preaction trim is installed in large systems to improve response time. Refer to Victaulic oublication 30.64. El Series 760 Water Motor Alarm - The Series 760 Water Motor Alarm is a mechanical device that sounds when the 769N valve actuates and is filling the system and discharging any water through any open sprinklers. Refer to Victaulic publication 30.32. F-1 Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device - The Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device is designed to provide a continuous alarm for systems equipped with a mechanical device. Refer to Victaulic oublication 30.33. El Series 75D Water Column Kit - The Series 75D Water Column Kit is designed to minimize residual water in the riser from collecting above the clapper. Refer to Victaulic publication 30.34. AutoConvert Kit - The AutoConvert Kit includes the Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator, latching solenoid, strainer, 3-in-1 strainer/check/restrictor assembly, air pressure gauge and assembly trim. It is ordered separately and can be installed on any FireLock NXTT Single Interlock or Double Interlock Preaction system that includes a solenoid. Air Supply System - The air supply system contains all components for establishing and maintaining air in the system. The compressor ball valves, and required trim are included in the air supply system. Air Compressor Refer to Victaulic publication 30.22. Air Maintenance Trim Assembly Refer to Victaulic publication 30.35. Fire Alarm Control Panels Drain Connection Kit El Redundant Electric Solenoid made by alternate manufacturer required by LPCB approval. Orange shaded areas ideneifrcomponents that are optional nqipnenr.Thern components are standard when the VQR assembly is ordered. Gray shaded areas identify con,ponenna that aen optional p 31.82 9999 Rev B Updated 02/2019 © 2019 Victaulic company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 \jltaUIiC victaiilinm 4.0 DIMENSIONS A 47DN100 valve with single-interlocked pneumatic release preaction trim is shown below 11/2 - 2"/DN40 - DN50 configurations contain 3/4719 mm drain valves 21/2 - 3'7DN65 - DN80 and 73.0 mm configurations contain 11/4731 mm drain valves 4 - 8YDN100 - DN200 configurations contain 2750 mm drain valves Full Open Size Dimensions Weight Each Actual Outside Without With Nominal Diameter Al Al2 B3 C D4 D14 E F G H K Trim Trim inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb lb DIN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg 11/2 1.900 9.00 16.37 34.25 9.25 16.25 11.00 9.00 3.25 10.25 24.00 6.00 16.7 43.0 DN40 48.3 229 416 870 235 413 279 229 83 260 610 152 7.6 19.5 2 2.375 9.00 13.83 34.25 9.25 17.50 11.00 9.00 3.25 10.25 24.00 6.00 17.0 43.0 DNSO 60.3 229 351 870 235 445 279 229 83 260 610 152 7.7 19.5 21/2 2.875 12.61 16.51 - 35.75 11.25 20.00 12.50 9.50 4.00 9.75 26.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 73.0 320 419 908 286 508 318 241 102 248 660 165 18.7 29.5 3.000 12.61 16.51 35.75 11.25 20.00 12.50 9.50 4.00 9.75 26.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN65 76.1 320 419 908 286 508 318 241 102 248 660 165 18.7 29.5 3 _1 3.500 12.61 16.51 35.75 11.25 20.00 12.50 9.50 4.00 9.75 26.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 0N80 88.9 320 419 908 286 508 318 241 102 248 660 165 18.7 29.5 4 4.500 15.03 19.85 36.50 13.50 22.25 13.50 11.00 4.75 8.50 28.00 8.00 59.0 95.0 DN100 114.3 382 504 927 1 343 565 343 279 121 216 711 203 26.7 43.0 6.500 16.00 22.13 36.75 14.00 24.50 13.25 11.00 4.50 8.25 28.50 8.25 80.0 116.0 165.1 406 562 933 356 622 337 1 279 114 210 724 210 36.2 52.6 6 6.625 16.00 22.13 36.75 14.00 24.50 13.25 11.00 4.50 8.25 28.50 8.25 80.0 116.0 DN150 168.3 406 562 933 356 622 337 279 114 210 724 210 36.2 52.6 8 8.625 17.50 23.02 39.50 14.75 27.00 13.50 12.25 4.75 8.25 31.25 9.25 122.0 158.0 DN200 219.1 445 585 1 1003 1 375 1 686 343 311 121 1 210 794 235 55.3 71.6 I The "A" dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body. 2 The "Al" dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body with water supply main control valve. For systems with the optional Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator, add 11.50 inches/292 mm to the "B" dimension to account for the additional height. The "D" and "Dl" dimensions are not fixed measurements. The drip cup can be rotated to provide more clearance at the back of the trim. NOTES The drawings shown above reflect the single-interlocked pneumatic release trim with Series 776 Low-Pressure Actuator. In addition, these dimensions can be applied to all other trim configurations featured within this manual. components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. The recommended drain connection kit (shaded in orange) is for reference and takeout dimensions. This drain connection comes standard when the VOR assembly is ordered. 31.82 9999 Rev B Updated 02/2019 © 2019 Victaulic company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ictoullicr victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS A 4YDN100 valve with electric autoconvert dry release preaction trim is shown below 11/2 - 2"/DN40 - DN50 configurations contain A719 mm drain valves 2112 - 3'7DN65 - DN80 and 73.0 mm configurations contain 11/4731 mm drain valves 4 - 8'YDN100 - DN200 configurations contain 2750 mm drain valves Size Dimensions Weight Each Actual Outside Without With Nominal Diameter A1 Al2 B3 C D Dl E F G H K Trim Trim inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb lb DN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg 11/2 1.900 9.00 16.37 38.00 15.50 25.00 16.25 9.50 3.25 10.25 27.75 6.00 16.7 43.0 DN40 48.3 229 1 416 965 1 394 635 413 1 241 1 83 260 705 152 7.6 19.5 2 2.375 9.00 13.83 38.00 15.50 25.00 16.25 9.50 3.25 10.25 27.75 6.00 17.0 43.0 DN50 60.3 229 351 965 394 635 413 241 83 260 705 152 7.7 19.5 21/2 2.875 12.61 16.51 40.75 16.00 24.00 15.00 9.50 4.00 9.75 31.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 73.0 320 419 1035 406 610 381 241 102 248 787 165 18.7 29.5 3.000 12.61 16.51 40.75 16.00 24.00 15.00 9.50 4.00 9.75 31.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN65 76.1 320 419 1035 406 610 381 241 102 248 787 165 18.7 29.5 3 3.500 12.61 16.51 40.75 16.00 24.00 15.00 9.50 4.00 9.75 31.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN80 88.9 320 419 1035 406 610 381 241 102 248 787 165 18.7 29.5 4 4.500 15.03 19.85 42.50 15.25 22.50 14.75 11.00 4.75 8.50 34.00 7.50 59.0 95.0 DN100 114.3 382 504 1080 1 387 572 375 279 1 121 216 864 191 1 26.7 43.0 6.500 16.00 22.13 42.50 15.25 26.00 15.25 11.00 4.50 - 8.25 34.25 8.25 1 80.0 116.0 165.1 406 562 1080 387 660 387 279 114 210 870 - 210 36.2 52.6 6 6.625 16.00 22.13 42.50 15.25 26.00 15.25 11.00 4.50 8.25 34.25 8.25 80.0 116.0 DN150 168.3 406 1 562 1080 387 660 387 279 114 210 870 210 36.2 52.6 8 8.625 17.50 23.02 44.50 18.50 30.00 16.00 12.25 4.75 8.25 36.25 9.25 122.0 158.0 DN200 219.1 445 585 1130 470 762 406 311 121 210 921 235 553 71.6 1 The "A" dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body. 2 The "Al" dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body with water supply main control valve. For systems with the optional Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator, add 9.50 inches/241 mm to the "B" dimension to account for the additional height. NOTES The drawings shown above reflect the electric AutoConvert dry release trim. In addition, these dimensions can be applied to the redundant solenoid valve configuration. Components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. The recommended drain connection kit (shaded in orange) is for reference and takeout dimensions. This drain connection comes standard when the VQR assembly is ordered. 31.82 9999 Rev B updated 02/2019 © 2019 victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 _ictaulicr _________ victaulic.com 4.2 DIMENSIONS A 47DN 100 valve with double-interlocked electric/pneumatic autoconvert dry release preaction trim is shown below 1112 - 27DN40 - DN50 configurations contain 3/4719 mm drain valves 21/2 - 3°/DN65 - DN80 and 73.0 mm configurations contain 11/4731 mm drain valves 4 - 8°/DN100 - DN200 configurations contain 2750 mm drain valves Al Size Dimensions Weight Each Actual Outside Without With Nominal Diameter A' Al2 B3 C D Dl E F G H K Trim Trim inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb lb ON mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg 1½ 1.900 9.00 16.37 36.50 17.50 20.25 13.50 9.00 3.25 10.25 26.25 6.00 16.7 43.0 DN40 48.3 229 416 927 445 514 343 229 1 83 260 1 667 152 7.6 19.5 2 2.375 9.00 13.83 36.50 17.50 20.25 13.50 9.00 3.25 10.25 26.25 6.00 17.0 43.0 DN50 60.3 229 351 927 445 514 343 229 83 260 667 152 7.7 19.5 2½ 2.875 12.61 16.51 38.25 17.50 20.75 13.50 9.50 4.00 9.75 28.50 6.50 41.0 65.0 73.0 320 419 972 445 527 343 241 102 248 724 165 18.7 29.5 3.000 12.61 16.51 38.25 17.50 20.75 13.50 9.50 4.00 9.75 28.50 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN65 76.1 320 419 972 445 527 343 241 102 248 724 165 18.7 29.5 3 3.500 12.61 16.51 38.25 17.50 20.75 13.50 9.50 4.00 9.75 28.50 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN8O 88.9 320 419 972 445 527 343 241 102 248 724 165 18.7 29.5 4 4.500 15.03 19.85 39.00 14.25 20.25 12.50 11.00 4.75 8.50 30.50 7.50 59.0 95.0 DN100 114.3 382 504 991 362 514 318 279 121 216 775 191 26.7 43.0 6.500 16.00 22.13 40.25 15.00 20.75 13.00 - 11.00 4.50 8.50 31.75 8.25 80.0 116.0 165.1 406 562 1022 381 527 330 279 114 216 806 210 - 36.2 52.6 6 6.625 16.00 22.13 40.25 15.00 20.75 13.00 11.00 4.50 8.50 31.75 8.25 80.0 116.0 DN150 168.3 406 562 1022 381 527 330 279 114 216 806 210 36.2 52.6 8 8.625 17.50 23.02 41.75 16.00 21.50 13.50 12.25 4.75 8.25 33.50 9.25 122.0 158.0 DN200 219.1 445 585 1060 406 546 343 311 121 210 851 235 1 55.3 71.6 The "A" dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body. 2 The "Al" dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body with water supply main control valve. 3 For systems with the optional Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator, add 9.50 inches/241 mm to the "B" dimension to account for the additional height NOTES The drawings shown above reflect the electric AutoConvert dry release trim. In addition, these dimensions can be applied to the redundant solenoid valve configuration. Components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. The recommended drain connection kit (shaded in orange) is for reference and takeout dimensions. This drain connection comes standard when the VQR assembly is ordered. 31.82 9999 Rev B Updated 02/2019 © 2019 victaulic Company. All rights reserved. vktiiliccnm 7 'J'tluIiC', victaulic.com 4.3 DIMENSIONS A 4'YDN 100 valve with double-interlocked pneumatic/pneumatic release preaction trim is shown below 11/2 - 2°/DN40 - DN50 configurations contain 340/19 mm drain valves 21/2 - 30/DN65 - DN80 and 73.0 mm configurations contain 11/4731 mm drain valves 4- 80/DN100 - DN200 configurations contain 2750 mm drain valves Full Open Size Dimensions Weight Each Actual Outside Without With Nominal Diameter Al Al2 B3 C D D14 D24 E F G H K Trim Trim inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb lb DN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg 1½ 1.900 9.00 16.37 36.00 9.25 21.25 11.00 23.50 9.25 3.25 10.25 25.75 6.00 16.7 43.0 DN40 48.3 229 416 914 235 540 279 597 235 83 260 654 152 7.6 19.5 2 2.375 9.00 13.83 36.00 9.25 21.25 11.00 23.50 9.25 3.25 10.25 25.75 6.00 17.0 43.0 0N50 60.3 229 351 914 235 540 279 597 235 83 260 654 152 7.7 19.5 21/2 2.875 12.61 16.51 37.75 11.25 22.50 12.50 24.75 9.50 4.00 9.75 28.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 73:0 320 419 959 286 572 318 629 241 102 248 711 165 18.7 29.5 3.000 12.61 16.51 37.75 11.25 22.50 12.50 24.75 9.50 4.00 9.75 28.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN65 76.1 320 419 959 286 572 318 629 1 241 102 248 711 165 18.7 29.5 3 3.500 12.61 16.51 37.75 11.25 22.50 12.50 24.75 9.50 4.00 9.75 28.00 6.50 41.0 65.0 DN8O 88.9 320 419 959 286 572 318 629 241 102 248 711 165 18.7 29.5 4 4.500 15.03 19.85 38.50 13.50 23.75 13.50 26.25 10.00 4.75 8.50 30.00 8.00 59.0 111.0 DN100 114.3 382 504 978 343 603 343 667 254 121 216 762 203 26.7 50.3 6.500 16.00 22.13 39.25 14.00 24.50 13.25 27.75 11.00 4.50 8.25 31.00 8.25 80.0 132.0 165.1 406 562 997 356 622 337 705 279 114 210 787 210 36.2 59.8 6 6.625 16.00 22.13 39.25 14.00 24.50 13.25 27.75 11.00 4.50 8.25 31.00 8.25 80.0 132.0 DN150 168.3 1 406 1 562 997 356 622 337 705 1 279 114 210 787 210 36.2 59.8 8 8.625 1 17.50 1 23.02 41.25 14.75 27.00 13.50 29.75 12.25 4.75 8.25 33.00 9.25 122.0 174.0 DN200 219.1 1 445 1 585 1048 1 375 686 343 756 311 121 210 838 1 235 55.3 78.9 I The "A' dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body. 2 The "Al" dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body with water supply main control valve. For systems with optional Series 746-LF'A Dry Accelerators, add 11.50 inches/292 mm to the "B" dimension to account for the additional height. The "D" and "Dl" dimensions are not fixed measurements. The drip cup can be rotated to provide more clearance at the back of the trim. NOTES components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. The recommended drain connection kit (shaded in orange) is for reference and takeout dimensions. This drain connection comes standard when the VQR assembly is ordered. 31.82 9999 Rev B Updated 02/2019 © 2019 victaulic company. All rights reserved. victautic.com J4ltauIic 6.0 5.0 4,0 3.0 0.2 iifi'2iiiir rfm 5.0 PERFORMANCE Hydraulic Friction Loss The chart below expresses the flow of water at 65"F/18"C through an open valve. -- usuiue auaui uuuii uinu 1111111 . * .* . - • 11111 111111 II .. 1111111 oil! 1111111 a i II I 1111111_I .uu.uI __. I ____I -- oil ill auuuu •• iii 111IMMENNINIM 1111111 111111 SlillIll 01111111101111111101111011 20 30 40 60 80 100 200 300 400 600 1,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 10,000 20,000 800 3,000 8,000 FLOW RATE - GPM 0.1 10 Frictional Resistance The chart below expresses the frictional resistance of Victaulic Series 769N FireLock NXTvM. Preaction Trim in equivalent feet of straight pipe. Size Equivalent Actual Nominal Outside Diameter Length of Pipe inches inches feet DN mm meters 11/2 1.900 3.00 DN40 48.3 0.914 2 2.375 9.00 DN50 60.3 2.743 21/2 2.875 8.00 73.0 2.438 3.000 8.00 DN65 76.1 2.439 3 3.500 17.00 DN80 88.9 5.182 4 4.500 21.00 DN100 114.3 . 6.401 6.500 22.00 165.1 6.706 6 6.625 22.00 DN150 168.3 6.706 8 8.625 50.00 DN200 219.1 15.240 Cv Values: Cv values for flow of water at +60°F/+160C through a fully open valve are shown in the table below. Formulas for Cv values Where AP = = Cv x VAP Flow Coefficient C 0 (Flow) GPM Size Full Open Actual Outside Nominal Diameter Flow coefficient inches inches G DN mm K 1½ 1.900 60 DN40 48.3 52.0 2 2.375 110 DN50 60.3 95.0 21/2 2.875 180 -. 73.0 156.0 3.000 180 DN65 76.1 156.0 3.500 200 DN80 88.9 173.0 4 4.500 350 DN100 114.3 302.8 6.500 1000 165.1 . 865.0 6 6.625 1000 DN150 168.3 865.0 8 8.625 1500 DN200 219.1 1297.5 AP (Pressure Drop) psi 31.82 9999 Rev B Updated 02/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com j4tauiic victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (Continued) Air Supply Requirements Minimum: 13 psi/90 kPa/.9 bar regardless of the system water pressure Maximum Recommended: 18 psi/124 kPa/1.24 bar Sizing the compressor: Engineer/system designer is responsible Entire system must be charged to the required air pressure within 30 minutes to meet NFPA requirements An oversized compressor will slow down or possibly prevent valve operation Compressor filling the system too fast: May be necessary to restrict the air supply Ensure that air exhausted from an open sprinkler or manual release valve is not replaced by the air supply system as fast as it is exhausted Compressor Requirements Base or Riser Mounted Compressors: "On" or "low" pressure setting: 13 psi/90 kPa/.9 bar "Off" or "high" pressure setting: 18 psi/124 kPa/1.24 bar Victaulic Series 7C7 riser mounted and pre-set for pressure requirements (refer to Victaulicpublication 30.22). If the compressor is not equipped with a pressure switch, the Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim Assembly with pressure switch should be installed (refer to Victaulic publication 30.36). • Shop Air or Tank-Mounted Air Compressors: Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly should be installed (refer to Victaulic publication 30.35) 13 psi/90 kPa/.9 bar should be used as the set point for the air regulator The compressor cut-in (turn-on) pressure setting should be at least 5 psi/34kPa/34 bar above the set point of the air regulator. Exploded View Trim: Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly (refer to Victaulic publication 30.35) Compressor Requirements and settings for systems installed with Series 746 or Series 746-LPA dry accelerators A tank-mounted air compressor with a Series 757 Regulated AMTA must be used to supply air to system installed with a Series 746 or Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator. In the event a compressor becomes inoperative, a properly sized tank-mounted air compressor provides the greatest protection, since air can be supplied continuously to the sprinkler system for an extended time period. Electrical Release Requirements Verify that an approved control panel is installed for proper system operation. 31.82 9999 Rev B Updated 02/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. t,irt.i ,Ir mm 10 \JtaUIic° victautic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (Continued) Autoconvert Requirements System must be installed in conjunction with a Notifier RP-2001 family panel, System Sensor PDRP-2001, or a Potter 4410RC panel to be in compliance with FM Approvals. AutoConvert Trim: In the event of an AC power loss, the AutoConvert module latches from Closed to Open with a quick electrical pulse. To stay open, no further current draw is required as would be needed in a normally open solenoid. This opened pathway allows the included Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator to operate as a dry actuator, putting the preaction system into a Non-Interlocked condition. In this case, an electrical release from the FACP and an air loss in the system or the system air loss would allow the Series 769N valve to actuate, filling the pipe with water. Upon an AC power return, the Auto-Convert module senses the restoration and latches the path from the Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator closed, returning the preaction valve to its standard release method. 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS WARNING Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic LJ products. 1101 Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of Q any Victaulic products. Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current, applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, etc.) standards, or equivalent standards, and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes. These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures, corrosion, mechanical damage, etc. The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. It is the system designer's responsibility to verify suitability of materials for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environment. The material specifier shall evaluate the effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on materials to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow installation requirements and local and national codes and standards could compromise system integrity or cause system failure, resulting in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 31.82 9999 Rev B Updated 02/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 11 \JtauIic victaulic.com 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 3022: FireLockTM Compressor Package Series 7C7 30.23: FireLock°M Fire-Pan Series 745 30.32: FireLockr'i Water Motor Alarm Series 760 30.33: Supplemental Alarm Kit Series 75B 30.34: Automatic Water Column Drain Kit for FireLock NXT° Valves Series 75D 30.35: FireLockTM Air Maintenance Trim Assembly Series 757 3036: FireLockTM Air Maintenance Trim Assembly Series 757P 30,41: FireLockTM Manual PLill Station Series 755 30.61: FireLocknM Double-Pneumatic Actuator Series 798 30.62: FireLockv Low Pressure Actuator Series 767 30.63: FireLockTM Electric Solenoid Series 753E 30.64: FireLock°M Dry Accelerator Series 746-LPA 30.65: FireLock1° Low Pressure Actuator Series 776 30,84 FireLock NXTM AutoConvert Trim Assembly for Presction Devices 1-769N.Preaction 1-769 N. Preaction/DPA 1-769N.Preaction/EPA 1-769N.Preaction/AC-Elec 1-769N.Preaction/AC-EP Scan for reference documents. User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears tiral responsibility for making a determination auto the suitabihty of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms "Patented" or "Potent Pending" refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PPF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 31.82 9999 Rev B Updated 02/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company, All rights reserved, victaulic.com 12 JtGIuIiC Pipe Supports B3088 - Base Stand "Height from top of pipe to bottom of J;::,,1 Function: Designed as an unthreaded base stand for pipe Stand Pipe Size Size Range: 3/4' (20mm) thru 6 (150mm) pipe plate. .-Y1 Material: Steel "Specify 1 ht Holes supports B3090, B3094, B3095, B3096, B3097 and B3098. I Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact customer service for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, height and finish. Plate Size Note: See Pipe Hangers & Supports catalog for attachments Plate Size Stand Pipe Size A Dia. H Approx. Wt./100 Part No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. 1mm) in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) B3088-3/4 1/4 x 6" x 6' (6.3 x 152.4 x 152.4) 3/4' (20) /8' (22.2) 3/4" (14.3) 420 (190.5) 83088-1 1/4' x 6" x 6" (6.3x 152.4x 152.4) 1 (25) /8 (22.2) 3/4' (14.3) 480 (216.0) B3088-11/4 1/4" x 6' x 6" (6.3 x 152.4 x 152.4) 11/4" (32) /8' (22.2) 3/4" (14.3) 590 (267.6) B308811/2 1/4" x 6' x 6" (6.3 x 152.4 x 152.4) 11/2" (40) /8" (22.2) 3/4' (14.3) 655 (297.1) B3088-2 1/4" x 6" x 6" (6.3 x 152.4 x 152.4) 2' (50) /" (22.2) 3/4' (14.3) 1211 (549.3) B3088-21I2 /8" x 8" x 8' (9.5 x 203.2 x 203.2) 21/2' (65) 11/4" (31.7) 13/16" (14.3) 2376 (1077.7) B3088-3 3/8"x 12"x 12' (9.5 x 203.2 x 203.2) 3 (80) 11/2" (38.1) 13/16" (20.6) 3137 (1422.9) B3088-4 1/2" x 12' x 12" (12.7 x 304.8 x 304.8) 4' (100) 11/2" (38.1) 15/16" (23.8) 4338 (1967.7) B3088-6 1/2'x 18' x 18" (12.7 x 304.8 x 304.8) 6' (150) 11/2" (38.1) 11/8" (28.6) 1378 (3346.6) *Based on a height of 18' (457.2mm). B30881 - Threaded Base Stand OPM Size Range: 1" (25mm) thru 6)150mm) pipe Material: Steel pipe Height from top of to bottom of "'" ._) IL Function: Designed as a threaded base stand where veical adjustment plate Thread Length is required for pipe supports B3089, 83092, and 83093. -4 Stand Pipe Size Finish: Plain or Electro-Ga Ivan ized. Contact customer service for "Specify alternative finishes and materials. Height Order By: Figure number, height and finish. Approvals: Included in our Seismic Engineering Guidelines approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to A OSHPD projects, please refer to our Seismic Engineering Guidelines, OPM-0052-1 3. Plate Size Refer to pages 15.1 - 15.313 in Seismic Engineering Guidelines OPM-0052-13. Note: Match B30881 part number with dimension 'D' from B3092, and B3093 charts. Plate Size Stand Pipe Size A Dia. H TI Approx. Wt./100* Part No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 830881-1 1/4"x6x6' (6.3 x 152.4 x 152.4) 1" (25) 1/8" (22.2) 3/4" (19.0) 11/2" (38.1) 495 (224.5) B30881-11/4 1/4'X6"X6' )6.3x152.4x152.4) 11/4" (32) /8" (22.2) 3/4" (19.0) 11/2" (38.1) 583 (264.4) 830881-1112 1/4'X6°X6' (6.3 x 152.4 x 152.4) 11/2" (40) 7/8" (22.2) 3/4" (19.0) 11/2" (38.1) 649 1294.41 830881-2 1/4"x6'x6" (6.3 x 152.4 x 152.4) 2' (50) /8" (22.2) 3/4" (19.0) 11/2 (38.1) 785 (356.1) B30881-21/2 3/8'x8'x8' (9.5 x 203.2 x 203.2) 21/2" (65) 11/4" (31.7) 13/16" (20.6) 11/2" (38.1) 1524 (691.3) B30881-3 3/8'x1ZxlZ' (9.5 x 304.8 x 304.8) (80) 11/2" (38.1) 13/16 (20.6) 11/2" (38.1) 2624 (1190.2) 830881-4 1/2'x12'xlZ' (12.7 x 304.8 x 304.8) (100) 11/2" (38.1) 15/16 (23.8) 2" (50.8) 3594 (1630.2) B3088T-6 1/2'x18'x18" )12.7x457.2x457.2) 6" (150) 11/2" (38.1) 11/8' (28.6) 2" (50.8) 1346 (3332.1) *Based on a height of 18' (457.2mm) All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in B-Line series Fire Protection Solutions 47 Eaton Pipe Supports B3092 - Adjustable Pipe Saddle Support with Yoke Size Range: 3/4' (20mm) thru 36 (900mm) pipe Material: Steel with cast iron reducer Function: Designed to support horizontal pipe from floor stanchion where vertical adjustment is required. U-bolt and hex nuts are provided to hold pipe securely to saddle To complete floor stanchion, use with B3088T (page 42) threaded pipe stand. Approvals: Conforms to Federal Specification WW-H-171 E & A-A-1 192A and Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69 & SP-58, Type 37. Finish: Plain. Contact customer service for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number and finish Notes: Order with B3088T for complete stanchion support. 4(100mm) thru 12" (300mm) fits both steel and ductile iron pipe. For other ductile iron pipe sizes specify B3092Dl - size. 3" (80mm) Ductile Iron uses B3092-31/2 A Schedule 40 Pipe Size E B U-Bolt I Center of pipe to bottom of pipe reducer. C Steel Size Center of pipe to bottom lip of support. D Gussets on size Nominal pipe size of base stand - B3092-8 and largi not included. E U-Bolt Dia. Pipe Size Maximum O.D. of Pipe A Minimum B Maximum Part No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) B3092-3/4 3/4" (19) 1/8" (34.9) 3/4" (19) 53/4' 1146.01 101/4' (260.3) B3092-1 (25) 1/8" (34.9) 3/4' (19) 529/32" (150.0) 1013/32" (264.3) B3092-11/4 11/4' (32) 111/16" (42.9) 3/4" 1191 6/64' (154.4) 10/64" (268.7) B3092-11I2 11/2" (38) 2" (50.8) 3/4' 1191 61/4" (158.7) 10/4' (273.0) 83092-2 (50) 2/16" (61.9) 3/4 (19) 6/16" (163.5) 1015/16' (217.8) B3092-21/2 21/2' (65) 2/8" (73.0) 11/2' (40) 6/8" (174.6) 11/8" (288.9) B3092-3 3 (80) 31/2" (88.9) 11/2' (40) 7/16" (182.6) 1111/16" (296.9) B3092-31/2 31/2' (90) 4" (101.6) 11/2' (40) 7/16" (188.9) 1115/16" (303.2) 83092-4 4' (100) 41/8" (123.8) 21/2" (65) 713/16" (198.4) 12/16' (312.7) B3092-5 5 11251 5/8" (142.9) 21/2" (65) 8/32" (210.3) 1225/32" (324.6) B3092-6 6 (150) 629/32" (175.4) 21/2" (65) 91/16' (230.2) 13/16 (344.5) B3092-8 8' (200) 91/8" (231.8) 21/2" (65) 101/2 (266.1) 15' (381.0) C D (Not Supplied) E Saddle Steel Size Approx. Wt./100 Part No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) B3092-3/4 2' 150.81 11/2" (38) 1/4' (6.4) 1/4" X 11/2" (6.3 x38.1( 247 (112.0) B3092-1 2/32" (54.8) 11/2" (38) 1/4" (6.4) 1/4" X 11/2" )6.3x38.1( 257 (116.6) B3092-11/4 221/64" (59.1) 11/2' (38) /8" (9.5) 1/4" x 2" )6.3x50.8) 289 (131.1) B3092-11/2 21/2" (63.5) 11/2" (38) 3/8" (9.5) 1/4" x 2" )6.3x50.8) 306 (138.8) B3092-2 211/16" (68.3) 11/2" (38) /8" (9.5) 1/4" x 2' (6.3x50.8) 326 (141.9) B3092-21/2 31/8" (79.4) 21/2" (65) 1/2" (12.7) 1/4" x 3" )6.3x76.2) 651 (295.3) B3092-3 3/16" (87.3) 21/2" (65) 1/2" (12.7) 1/4 x 3" (6.3x76.2( 716 (324.8) B3092-31/2 311/16" (93.1) 21/2" (65) 1/2" 112.71 1/4" x 3" )6.3x76.2) 717 (325.2) B3092-4 41/4" (107.9) 3" (80) 1/2" (12.7) 3/8"x3'/2" )9.5x88.9) 1286 (583.3) B3092-5 4/16 (115.9) 3" (80) 1/2" (12.1) 3/8"X3'/2" )9.5x88.9) 1321 (599.2) B3092-6 51/2 (139.7) 3" (80) /8" (15.9) '/2"X31/2" (12.7 x88.9( 1595 (723.5) B3092-8 1" (177.8) 3" (80) 5/8" (15.9) '/2"x31/2" (12.7 x88.9) 1815 (823.3) All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line series Fire Protection Solutions 49 Eaton SCREW ANCHORS DES~GNED FOR U LTLM ,ATE PERFORMAN CE L P RODUC7VffY Supplement to Hilti North American Product Technical Guide Volume 2: Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 19 KWIK HUS-EZ Screw Anchor Technical Supplement KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR PRODUCT DESCRIPTION KWIK HUS EZ carbon steel anchors [Anchor System Features and Benefits I OSHA Table 1926.1153 Table 1 complaint installation when installed with Hilti vacuum and DRS system or Hilti SafeSetTm hollow drill bit Carbon Steel technology fl KH-EZC 1/4 & 3/8' • Easy installation using impact tool or torque wrench Carbon Steel ., -,•; . KH-EZ . .• - - - - - - Product and length identification marks helps facilitate quality control after installation Through fixture installation improves productivity and more accurate installation. Thread design helps enable quality setting and exceptional load values in wide variety of base material strengths. 1/4' diameter available in hex head countersunk head and pan head styles. Carbon Steel Anchor is fully removable. - - KH EZ , • Anchor diameter is same as drill bit diameter. 1/4 3"4 No special diameter bit required. Suitable for reduced edge distances and spacing. Corrosion resistant coating allows for use in outdoor moderate corrosive environments Carbon Steel (KH-EZ CRC only). '. .- KH-EZ CRC 3/8-3/4' • Installation process allows for adjustability. SAFET rt , Uncracked Cracked Grout-filled Seismic Design SafeSetlM System Prof is Anchor concrete concrete concrete Categories A-F with Hollow Drill Bit design software masonry Approvals/Listings ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-3027 in concrete per ACI 318-14 Ch. 17/ ACI 355.2/ICC-ES AC1 93 ESR-3056 in grout-filled CMU per ICC-ES AC1 06 City of Los Angeles City of Los Angeles 2017 LABC Supplement (within ESR-3027 and ESR-3056) Florida Building Code 2017 FBC w/ HVHZ (within ESR-3027 and ESR-3056) FM (Factory Mutual) Pipe hanger components for automatic sprinkler systems for KH-EZ I and KH-EZ E DOS KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Heat treated carbon steel with a minimum zinc coating of 0.0003 inch (8 pm) thick in accordance with DIN EN ISO 4042. KH-EZ CRC has mechanically deposited zinc coating with a minimum thickness of 0.0021 inch (53 pm) in accordance with ASTM 13695, Class 55. INSTALLATION PARAMETERS Table 1 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC specifications Setting Nominal anchor diameter 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 information Symbol Units Head style and coating Hex, P, PM, Hex, C head Hex, C head I Hex head Hex head Hex head PL, C head (Including CRC) (Including CRC) (Including CRC) (Including CRC) Nominal bit diameter dbt in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 - 5/8 3/4 Minimum nominal embedment h0rn in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 3-1/4 4 5 4 6-1/4 Minimum effective embedment he1 in. 1.18 1.92 1.11 1.54 1.86 2.50 1.50 2.16 3.22 2.39 3.03 3.88 2.92 4.84 Minimum hole depth h0 in. 2 2-7/8 1-7/8 2-3/8 2-3/4 3-1/2 2-5/8.3-3/8.4-5/8.3-5/8,4-3/8 5-3/8 4-3/8 6-5/8 Minimum fixture hole d in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 diameter Anchor Length = hn0e + t to See ordering information Installation torque T00 ft-lb 18 19 40 45 85 954 concrete' (Nm) (24) (26) (54) (61) (115) (129) Maximum impact ft-lb 157 157 450 137 I 450 590 590 wrench torque rating concrete2 Timpact (Nm) (213) (213) (610) (186) (610) (800) (800) Installation torque ft-lb 21 22 34 38 70 masonry KH-EZ (P, PM, T (Nm) (28) (30) (46) (52) (95) PL, C) Installation torque T11 ft-lb I 20 25 35 45 masonry for KH-EZ CRC (Nm) (27) (34) (48) (61) Maximum impact I wrench torque rating Timpact== ft-lb 114 114 I 332 I 332 332 332 masonry for KH-EZ (P, (Nm) (155) (155) (450) (450) (450) (450) PM, PL, C)2'3 Maximum impact wrench torque rating Tim ft-lb 100 100 332 332 masonry for KH-EZ (Nm) I (136) (136) (450) (450) CRC2'3 I Wrench size in. 7/16 9/16 3/4 15/16 1-1/8 1 Tinstis the maximum installation torque that may be applied with a torque wrench. 2 Because of variability in measurement procedures, the published torque of an impact tool may not correlate properly with the above setting torques. Over torquing can damage the anchor and/or reduce its holding capacity. 3 For more information on KWIK HUS-EZ installed in masonry, see ESR-3056 and Design Information for Masonry in this section. 4 Maximum installation torque in concrete for 3/4-in diameter KH-EZ CRC is 85 ft-lbs. (115 Nm). Figure 1 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ specifications dh DESIGN INFORMATION IN CONCRETE PER ACI 318 - ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 design The load values contained in this section are Hilti Simplified Design Tables. The ti load tables in this section were developed using the Strength Design parameters s - y—q h h h and variables of ESR-3027 and the equations within ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. For - ç ef nom a a detailed explanation of the Hilti Simplified Design Tables, refer to section 3.1.8 JG2,—\ - 0 of the North American Product Technical Guide, Volume 2: Anchor Fastening - 0C) Technical Guide, Edition 19 (PTG Ed. 19). Data tables from ESR-3027 are not - contained in this section, but can be found at www.icc-es.org or at www.hilti.com. dbt 2 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 KWIK HUS-EZ Screw Anchor Technical Supplement Table 2 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC design Strength with concrete / pullout failure in uncracked concrete' 2,1,4 Nominal Nominal Tension - N Shear - anchor Embed. I = 2,500 psi f 3,000 psi f',4,000 psi I = 6,000 psi f' = 2,500 psi f = 3,000 psi f 4,000 psi f 6,000 psi diameter Depth (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 585 620 675 765 1,075 1,180 1,360 1,670 1/4 (41) (2.6) (2.8) (3.0) (3.4) (4.8) (5.2) (6.0) (7.4) (6.4) 2-1/2 1,525 1,670 1,930 2,365 2,235 2,450 2,825 3,460 (64) (6.8) (7.4) (8.6) (10.5) (9.9) (10.9) (12.6) (15.4) 1-5/8 910 1,000 1,155 1,415 980 1,075 1,245 1,520 (41) (4.0) (4.4) (5.1) (6.3) (4.4) (4.8) (5.5) (6.8) 2-1/8 1,490 1,635 1,885 2,310 1,605 1,760 2,030 2,485 3/8 (54) (6.6) (7.3) (8.4) (10.3) (7.1) (7.8) (9.0) (11.1) (9.5) 2-1/2 1,980 2,165 2,505 3,065 2,130 2,335 2,695 3,300 (9.6) (11.1) (13.6) (9.5) (10.4) (12.0) (14.7) 3-1/4 3,085 3,375 3,900 4,775 6,640 7,275 8,400 10,290 (83) (13.7) (15.0) (17.3) (21.2) (29.5) (32.4) (37.4) (45.8) 2-1/4 1,645 1,800 2,080 2,550 1,770 1,940 2,240 2,745 (57) (7.3) (8.0) (9.3) (11.3) (7.9) (8.6) (10.0) (12.2) 1/2 3 2,785 3,050 3,525 4,315 3,000 3,285 3,795 4,645 (12.7) (76) (12.4) (13.6) (15.7) (19.2) (13.3) (14.6) (16.9) (20.7) 4-1/4 5,070 5,555 6,415 7,855 10,920 11,965 13,815 16,920 (108) (22.6) (24.7) (28.5) (34.9) (48.6) (53.2) (61.5) (75.3) 3-1/4 3,240 3,550 4,100 5,025 3,490 3,825 4,415 5,410 (83) (14.4) (15.8) (18.2) (22.4) (15.5) (17.0) (19.6) (24.1) 5/8 4 4,630 5,070 5,855 7,170 9,970 10,920 12,610 15,445 (15.9) (102) (20.6) (22.6) (26.0) (31.9) (44.3) (48.6) (56.1) (68.7) 5 6,705 7,345 8,485 10,390 14,445 15,825 18,270 22,380 (127) (29.8) (32.7) (37.7) (46.2) (64.3) (70.4) (81.3) (99.6) 4 4,380 4,795 5,540 6,785 9,430 10,330 11,930 14,610 3/4 (102) (19.5) (21.3) (24.6) (30.2) (41.9) (45.9) (53.1) (65.0) (19.1) 6-1/4 9,345 10,235 11,820 14,475 20,125 22,045 25,455 31,175 (159) (41.6) (45.5) (52.6) (64.4) (89.5) (98.1) (113.2) (138.7) Table 3 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC design Strength with concrete / pullout failure in cracked concrete' 2,3,4,-1 Nominal Tension - N ____________ " Shear - C anchor Nominal IC = 2,500 psi IC = 3,000 psi f'C = 4,000 psi I C = 6,000 psi IC = 2,500 psi IC = 3,000 psi IC = 4,000 psi IC = 6,000 psi diameter embed. (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 300 315 345 390 765 835 965 1,180 1/4 (41) (1.3) (1.4) (1.5) (1.7) (3.4) (3.7) (4.3) (5.2) (6.4) 2-1/2 760 830 960 1,175 1,585 1,735 2,000 2,450 (64) (3.4) (3.7) (4.3) (5.2) (7.1) (7.7) (8.9) (10.9) 1-5/8 475 520 600 730 695 760 880 1,080 (41) (2.1) (2.3) (2.7) (3.2) (3.1) (3.4) (3.9) (4.8) 2-1/8 1,055 1,155 1,335 1,635 1,135 1,245 1,440 1,760 3/8 (54) (4.7) (5.1) (5.9) (7.3) (5.0) (5.5) (6.4) (7.8) (9.5) 2-1/2 1,400 1,535 1,775 2,170 1,510 1,655 1,910 2,340 (64) (6.2) (6.8) (7.9) (9.7) (6.7) (7.4) (8.5) (10.4) 3-1/4 2,185 2,390 2,765 3,385 4,705 5,155 5,950 7,285 (83) (9.7) (10.6) (12.3) (15.1) (20.9) (22.9) (26.5) (32.4) 2-1/4 1,035 1,135 1,310 1,605 1,115 1,220 1,410 1,725 (57) (4.6) (5.0) (5.8) (7.1) (5.0) (54) (6.3) (7.7) 1/2 3 1,755 1,920 2,220 2,715 1,890 2,070 2,390 2,925 (12.7) (76) (7.8) (8.5) (9.9) (12.1) (8.4) (9.2) (10.6) (13.0) 4-1/4 3,190 3,495 4,040 4,945 6,875 7,530 8,695 10,650 (108) (14.2) (15.5) (18.0) (22.0) (30.6) (33.5) (38.7) (47.4) 3-1/4 2,040 2,235 2,580 3,165 2,200 2,410 2,780 3,405 (83) (9.1) (9.9) (11.5) (14.1) (9.8) (10.7) (12.4) (15.1) 5/8 4 3,140 3,510 3,845 4,515 6,760 7,560 8,280 9,725 (15.9) (102) (14.0) (15.6) (17.1) (20.1) (30.1) (33.6) (36.8) (43.3) 5 4,225 4,625 5,340 6,540 9,095 9,965 11,505 14,090 (127) (18.8) (20.6) (23.8) (29.1) (40.5) (44.3) (51.2) (62.7) 4 2,755 3,020 3,485 4,270 5,940 6,505 7,510 9,200 3/4 (102) (12.3) (13.4) (15.5) (19.0) (26.4) (28.9) (33.4) (40.9) (19.1) 6-1/4 5,885 6,445 7,440 9,115 12,670 13,880 16,030 19,630 (159) (26.2) (28.7) (33.1) (40.5) (56.4) (61.7) (71.3) (87.3) See PTG Ed. 19 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in Tables 6 through 15 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in Table 4. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. Tabular values are for normal weight concrete Only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by ha as follows: For sand-lightweight, )a = 0.68. For all-lightweight, Aa = 0.60. Tabular values are for static loads only. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth - aNC = 0.60 All other sizes - aNCOIC = 0.75 No reduction needed for seismic shear. See PTG Ed. 19 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications. KiNlK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 3 Table 4 - Steel design strength for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC anchors12 Seismic Anchor Nominal Tensile Shear 4 shear diameter in. (mm) embedment depth in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1/4 1-5/8 2-1/2 3,945 930 835 (6.4) (41) (64) (17.5) (4.1) (3.7) 1-5/8 2-1/8 5,980 2,200 2,200 3/8 (41) (54) (26.6) (9.8) (9.8) 2-1/2 3-1/4 6,720 3,110 1,865 (9.5) (64) (83) (29.9) (13.8) (8.3) 1/2 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 11,780 5,545 3,330 (12.7) (57) (76) (108) (52.4) (24.7) (14.8) 5/8 3-1/4 4 5 15,735 6,735 4,040 (15.9) (83) (102) (127) (70.0) (30.0) (18.0) 3/4 4 1 6-1/4 20,810 9,995 6,935 (19.1) (102) (159) (92.6) (44.5) (30.8) 1 See PTG Ed. 19 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK HLJS-EZ anchors are to be considered brittle steel elements. 3 Tensile ON.. = 4, AN f as noted in ACI 318 Chapter 17. 4 Shear values determined by static shear tests with 4,Vsa <4, 0.60 Ase,V futa as noted in ACI 318 Chapter 17. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with 4,V, :g 4, 0.60 A0 f as noted in ACI 318 Chapter 17. See PTG Ed. 19 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications. Figure 2 Anchors not permitted in shaded area Case / o Case 1 Concrete mn.1 p Edge For a specific edge distance, the permitted spacing is calculated as follows: S ~ s + (S 1 - S 2) - C.2) rnin,2 (c.1 - cmjn) a) 0) c at s as CL c at Cde5gfl edge distance c Table 5 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC specifications' Setting information Symbol Units Nominal anchor diameter 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Effective minimum embedment h, in. 1.18 1.92 1.86 2.50 1.50 2.16 3.22 2.39 3.03 3.88 2.92 4.84 Minimum member thickness h,.,1 in. 3-1/4 4-1/8 M 4 4-7/8 4-1/214-3/416-3/4 5 1 6 7 6 8-1/8 Case 1 c .nan,1 in. 1.50 1.75 for 5m,,1 ? in. 3 4 Case 2 cnn,2 in. 2 1 2.78 2.63 1 2.75 1 2.92 1 3.75 2.75 3.75 5.25 3.63 1 4.57 1 5.81 1 4.41 7.28 for n4n,2 in. 1.50 2.25 1 3 1 Linear interpolation is permitted to establish an edge distance and spacing combination between Case 1 and Case 2. Linear interpolation for a specific edge distance c, where <c < cmn, will determine the permissible spacings. 4 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 KWIK HUS-EZ Screw Anchor Technical Supplement Table 6 - Load adjustment factors for 1/4-in, diameter Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL and KH-EZ C in uncracked concrete1'2 Edge distance in shear 11to and away Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness 1/4-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear3 I toward edge from edge factor in shear3 uncracked concrete IAN fRN 'AV fRy 1RV IHV in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 Embedment h (mm) (41) (64) 1 (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) 1-1/2 (38) 0.71 0.63 0.78 0.65 0.59 0.56 0.40 0.21 0.78 0.42 n/a n/a 2 (51) 0.78 0.67 1.00 0.77 0.62 0.58 0.61 0.33 1.00 0.65 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.85 0.72 0.90 0.65 0.60 0.86 0.46 0.90 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.92 1 0.76 1.00 0.68 0.62 1.00 0.60 1.00 n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 1 0.78 0.70 0.63 0.68 0.88 n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 0.80 0.71 0.64 0.76 0.92 n/a 4 (102) 1.00 0.85 0.74 0.66 0.92 0.98 n/a 4-1/8 (105) 0.86 0.75 0.66 0.97 1.00 0.81 ca 4-1/2 (114) 0.89 0.77 0.68 1.00 0.84 T3 -5 (127) 0.93 0.80 0.70 0.89 5-1/2 (140) 0.98 0.83 0.72 0.93 (152) ______ 1.00 ______ ______ 0.86 0.74 ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ 0.97 7 (178) 0.92 0.78 1.00 (203) 0.98 0.82 cc 9 (229) 1.00 0.86 10 (254) 0.89 11 (279) _______ _______ _______ 0.93 12 (305) _ ______ ______ ______ ______ 0.97 14 (356) 1.00 Table 7 - Load adjustment factors for 1/4-in, diameter Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL and KH-EZ C in cracked concrete1'2 Edge distance in shear 11to and away Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness 1/4-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear-3 I toward edge from edge factor in shear3 cracked concrete 'AN fRN JAy fRy I I-R/_______ Embedment in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 (mm) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) 1-1/2 (38) 0.71 0.63 0.88 0.65 0.59 0.56 0.40 0.21 0.80 0.43 n/a n/a 2 (51) 0.78 0.67 1.00 0.77 0.62 0.58 0.62 0.33 1.00 0.66 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.85 0.72 0.90 0.65 0.60 0.87 0.46 0.90 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.68 0.62 1.00 0.60 1.00 n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 0.78 0.70 0.63 0.68 0.89 n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 0.80 0.71 0.64 0.76 0.92 n/a 4 (102) 1.00 0.85 0.74 0.66 0.93 0.98 n/a 4-1/8 (105) 0.86 0.75 0.66 0.97 1.00 0.81 • 4-1/2 (114) 0.89 0.77 0.68 1.00 0.85 5 (127) 0.93 0.80 0.70 0.89 5-1/2 (140) 0.98 0.83 0.72 0.93 . 6 (152) 1.00 0.86 0.74 0.98 7 (178) 0.92 0.78 1.00 8 (203) 0.98 0.82 9 (229) 0.86CL 1.00 10 (254) 0.90 11 (279) 0.94 12 (305) 0.98 14 (356) 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACl 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f. assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fAV = IAN 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f,,v = 1.0. If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 5 Table 8 - Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8-in, diameter Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in uncracked 1,2 3/8-in. KH-EZ uncracked concrete Spacing factor in tension Edge distance factor in tension Spacing factor in shear' 144 Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness factor in shear' 14.4 .L toward edge 14.4 (Ito and away from edge 14.4 Embedment in. norn (mm) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/8 (54) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/4 (83) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/8 (54) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/4 (83) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/8 (54) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/4 (83) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/8 (54) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/4 (83) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/8 (54) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/4 (83) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/8 (54) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/4 (83) 1-1/2 (38) n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.58 0.62 0.63 0.57 n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.49 0.32 0.25 0.08 0.58 0.62 0.50 0.17 n/a n/a n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.76 0.75 0.75 0.66 n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.75 0.49 0.38 0.13 0.76 0.75 0.75 0.26 n/a n/a n/a n/a 2-1/4 (57) 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.86 0.82 0.81 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.55 0.90 0.59 0.46 0.16 0.90 0.82 0.81 0.31 n/a n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.88 0.77 0.72 0.67 0.95 0.91 0.88 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.61 0.55 1.00 0.69 0.54 0.18 1.00 0.91 0.88 0.37 n/a n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.95 0.82 0.77 0.70 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.85 0.71 0.66 0.63 0.56 0.90 0.71 0.24 1.00 1.00 0.48 n/a n/a n/a n/a w 3-1/4 (83) 0.99 0.85 0.79 0.72 - 0.90 0.72 0.67 0.64 0.57 1.00 0.80 0.27 0.54 0.95 n/a n/a n/a 3-1/2(89)t 8(1 (1 8 n/a n/a § 4(1020.930w 1.00 0.78 0.71 1168 1159 1 tOO 0 1174 tOO 11910.84 n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.99 0.90 0.80 - - 0.81 0.73 0.70 0.60 - - - 0.44 - - - 0.88 - - 0.89 n/a - 4-3/4 (121 - 1.00 0.93 0.82 - - 0.83 0.75 0.71 0.60 0.48 0.96 0.91 0.639 57 4(176(172(1 (152 1.00 0.94(1655 6(152 - tOO 1190 - - - 1191 1181 016 0.63 - - - 1168 - 1.00 0.718 7(178 - - - 1197 - - - 1198 0.86 0.81 1165 - - - 0.86 -10.775 . 8 (203) 1.00 1.00 0.91 0.85 0.67 1.00 0.829 9(229 - - - - - - - - - 1197 1190 1169 1- - - - - - - - - - - 0.879 10 (254) 1.00 0.94 0.71 0.927 0. 11 (279 0.98 0.74 0.972 ° 12 (305 1.00 0.76 - - - - - - - 1.000 14 (356 0.80 16 (406 0.84 HE 18 (457) -- - 0.89 20 (508 0.93 24 (610 1.000 Table 9 - Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8-in, diameter Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in cracked 1,2 3/8-in. KH-EZ cracked concrete Spacing factor in tension f, Edge distance factor in tension fRN Spacing factor in shear' JAy Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness factor in shear' f111 I toward edge fl, (Ito and away from edge I l, Embedment in. (mm) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/8 (54) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/4 (83) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/8 (54) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/4 (83) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/8 (54) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/4 (83> 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/8 (54) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/4 (83) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/8 (54) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/4 (83) 1-5/8 (41) 2-1/8 (54) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/4 (83) 1-1/2 (38) n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.92 0.14 0.66 0.57 n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.49 0.32 0.25 0.09 0.92 0.64 0.50 0.17 n/a n/a n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a n/a n/a 1.00 0.90 0.79 0.66 n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.76 0.50 0.39 0.13 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.26 n/a n/a n/a n/a 2-1/4 (57) 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.65 1.00 0.98 0.85 0.70 0.66 0.62 0.60 0.55 0.90 0.59 0.46 0.16 1.00 0.98 0.85 0.31 n/a n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.88 0.77 0.72 0.67 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.61 0.55 1.00 0.69 0.54 0.18 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.37 n/a n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.95 0.82 0.77 0.70 1.00 1.00 0.85 0.71 0.66 0.63 0.56 1.00 0.91 0.71 0.24 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.48 n/a n/a n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) 0.99 0.85 0.79 0.72 0.90 0.73 0.67 0.64 0.57 1.00 0.80 0.27 0.55 1 0.95 n/a n/a n/a 31/2(89)O98n/a 4(102) 0930 0068 0.59 1.00 3 0.91 0.84 4-1/2 (114 - 0.99 0.90 0.80 - - 0.81 0.73 0.70 0.60 - - 0.44 - - - 0.89 - 0.97 0.89 n/a - 4-3/4 (121) 1.00 0.93 0.82 0.83 0.75 0.71 0.60 - 0.48 0.97 1.00 0.92 0.64 p5(127) 0950.83 0.850160120.81 0.82 1 1.00 11940.86 6(152 - - tOO 1190 - - 1192 0.81 1177 1163 0.69 - - - - - - tOO 012 7l78 1197 - - 0.98 1187 0.81 0.65 - - 0.86 - - - 018 . (203) 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.85 0.67 1.00 0.83 9:E 9- (229)-- - - 1197 1190 1169 - - - - - - - - - - 1188 10 (254),1.00 0.94 0.72 1 0.93 CL 11 (279) 0.99 0.74 0.97 Ci) 12 (305 1.00 0.76 - 1.00 14 (356 0.80 - 16 (406 -- 0.85 18 (457) --- 0.89 20 (508 0.93 - 24 (610--- 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f,, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then lAy 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then 1.0. If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 KWIK HUS-EZ Screw Anchor Technical Supplement Table 10-Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in, diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in uncracked concrete' .2 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor 11to and away Conc. thickness factor 1/2-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear' J toward edge from edge in shear' uncracked concrete fm f RN IVy fm I NV 'NV Embedment in. 2.1/4 3 4-1/4 2.1/4 3 4.1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4.1/4 2-1/4 3 4.1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 (mm) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) 1.3/4 (44) n/a n/a n/a 0.68 0.57 0.51 n/a n/a n/a 0.40 0.25 0.07 0.68 0.50 0.15 n/a n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a n/a 0.75 0.62 0.54 n/a n/a n/a 0.48 0.31 0.09 0.75 0.61 0.18 n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a n/a 0.91 0.71 0.60 n/a n/a n/a 0.68 0.43 0.13 0.91 0.71 0.25 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.83 0.73 0.66 1.00 0.81 0.66 0.65 0.61 0.55 0.89 0.56 0.17 1.00 0.81 0.33 n/a n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) - 3 63 2 4 (102) 0.94 0.81 0.71 1.00 0.80 0.71 0.65 0.57 0.87 0.26 1.00 0.52 n/a n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.99 0.85 0.73 - 0.87 0.73 0.67 1 0.58 1 1.00 0.31 0.62 0.96 n/a n/a .t. - 4-3/4 (121) 1.00 0.87 0.75 0.91 0.74 0.68 1 0.58 0.33 0.67 0.99 0.85 n/a 5 (127) 0.89 0.76 0.95 0.76 0.69 1 0.58 0.36 0.72 1.00 0.87 n/a 6 (152)0.95 O5n/a CU 6-3/4 (171) tOO 1 05 1 0.85 016 01 0.57 1.00 tOO 0.68 7 (178) 0.86 0.86 0.77 0.62 0.60 0.69 H 8 (203) 091 091080 064 073 0.73 , 9 (229) 0.97 0.96 0.84 0.65 0.87 0.78 10 (254) 1.00 1.00 088067 1 100 0.82 11 (279) 0.92 0.69 0.86 CL 12 (305) - 095 010 - - - agO 14 (356) - 1.00 0.74 1 0.97 16 (406) 0.77 1.00 18 (457) 0.80 20 (508) 0.84 >24 (610) 0.91 Table 11 - Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in, diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in cracked concrete1'2 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc. thickness factor 1/2-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear' J toward edge from edge in shear' cracked concrete f RN 'AR 'P3/ 'NV IVY Embedment h in. 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 2.1/4 3 4-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 (mm) (57) (76) (108) (57) (76) (108) 7) (7 7) (7 JL L (108) (57) L 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a n/a 0.82 0.66 0.55 n/a n/a n/a 0.45 0.28 0.08 0.82 0.57 0.17 n/a n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a n/a 0.90 0.72 0.58 n/a n/a n/a 0.55 0.35 0.10 0.90 0.70 0.21 n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a n/a 1.00 0.83 0.65 n/a n/a n/a 0.77 0.49 0.14 1.00 0.83 0.29 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.83 0.73 0.66 1.00 0.94 0.72 0.67 0.62 0.56 1.00 0.64 0.19 1.00 0.94 0.38 n/a n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.88 0.77 0.68 1.00 0.79 0.70 0.64 0.56 0.80 0.24 1 1.00 0.48 n/a n/a n/a 4 (102) 0.94 0.81 0.71 1.00 0.87 0.72 0.66 0.57 0.98 0.29 1 1.00 0.59 n/a n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) 099 0.85 013 095 015 0.89 1 1158 1 tOO 1 1135 010 tOO n/a n/a .t&. 4-3/4 (121) 1.00 1187 0.75 1199 017 010 1159 - 1138 016 - 1188 n/a 5 (127) 0.89 0.76 1.00 0.78 0.71 0.59 0.41 0.82 0.91 n/a . 6 (152) 0.96 0.81 1.00 0.84 0.75 0.61 0.54 i.00j 0.99 n/a ca 6-3/4 (171) 1.00 1 1185 0.88 0180.82 1164 1.80010 7 (178) 0.86 1 0.89 0.79 0.63 0.68 0.72 H :8 (203) 091 095 083 065 083 077 9 (229) 0.97 1 1.00 0.87 0.67 0.99 0.81 10 (254) - 100 068 100 086 11 (279) 0.70 0.90 C. 12(305)0.72 0.94 14(356) P0.95 0.76 1.00 16(406) 0.79 18(457) - - 0.83 20 (508) - - 0.87 >24(610) 0.94 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then 'NV = IAN 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, I assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then HR = 1.0. If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that :his specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thicknet s combinations. KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 7 Table 12 - Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in, diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in uncracked concrete1'2 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distaice Spacing factor II to and away Conc. thickness 5/8-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tersion in shear' I toward edge from edge factor in shear4 uncracked concrete IAN fRN fAA fP,V fRy IHV in. 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 5 3-1/4 5 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 Embedment h (mm) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a n/a 0.622 0.562 0.514 n/a n/a n/a 0.235 0.086 0.063 0.470 0.173 0.125 n/a n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a n/a 0.667 0.596'H'0.540 n/a n/a n/a 0.287 0.106 0.076 0.574 0.211 0.153 n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a 0.762 0.667 0.592 a a a 0.401 0.147 0.107 0.762 0.29 0.214 n/a n/a a 3 (76) 0109(1665(16290863 0.741 0.6480.6090.5560.5450.52801940141 0.863 0.38 0.281 n/a n/a a 3-1/2 (89) 0144(1693(1650(1969(18190105(1627(15650.5530.665 0.244 0.177 0.969 0.488 0.354 n/a n/a a 4 (102) 0.779 0.720 0.672 1.000 0.901 0.764 0.645 0.574 0.5601 0.812 0.298 0.216 1.000 0.597 0.433 n/a n/a n/a g 4-1/2 (114) 0.814 0.748 0.693 0.9871 0.826 0.663 0.584 0.5681 0.969 0.356 0.2580.712 0.516 n/a n/a 5 (127) 0.849 0.775 0.715 1.0001 0.890 0.681 0.593 0.5751 1.000 0.417 0.302 0.834 0.605 0.852 n/a n/a .. . 5-1/2 (140) 0.884 0.803 0.736 0.956 0.700 0.602 0.583 0.481 0.349 0.96 0.698 0.893 n/a n/a - (152) (1918 (1830 0158 - 1.000 0718 (1612 0.5901 (1548 (1398 1.00 0195 (1933 (1668 n/a .. 7 (178) 0.988 0.885 0.801 1 0.754 0.630 0.6051 0.691 0.501 - 1.000 1.000 0.722 0.648 (203) 1.000 0.940 0.844 0.790 0.649 0.620 0.844 0.612 0.772 0.693 'a C 9 (229) 0.995 0.887 0.827 0.667 0.635 - 0.818 0.735 .t& 10 (254) 1.000 0.930 0.863 0.686 0.650 55 0.863 0.775 ..0 11 (279) - 0.973 0.899 0.705 0.665 1.0001730 ' 87 - 0.905 0.813 12 (305) t000 (1935 0123 (1680 00 0.945 0.849 CL 14 (356) 1.000 0.760 0.710 1.000 0.917 16 (406) 0.798 0.7401 10.980 18 (457) 0.835 0.770 1.000 20 (508) 0.872 0.800 24 (610) 0.947 0.860 >30 (762) 1.000 0.951 Table 13 - Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in, diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in cracked concrete1'2 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distaice Spacing factor (Ito and away Conc. thickness 5/8-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tersion in shear3 I toward edge from edge factor in shear4 cracked concrete fAl fRN lAy IRA fRy JAY in. 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 3-1/4 4 5 Embedment h nom (mm) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) (83) (102) (127) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a n/a 0.6301 0.565 0.514 n/a n/a n/a 0.267 0.098 0.071 0.533 0.196 0.142 n/a n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a 0.6760.59910.540 n/a n/a n/a (13260120(1087(1652(1239 0.174 2-1/2 (64) n/a a n/a 0.772 0.6701 0.592 n/a n/a n/a 0.455 0.167 012101720.3350243 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.709 0.665 0.629 0.873 0.7451, 0.648 0.618 0.561 0.549 0.599 0.220 0159 0.873 0.440 0.319 j 3-1/2 (89) 0.744 0.693 0.650 0.981 0.824 0.705 0.638 0.571 O.557 0154 0.277 0.2011 0.981 0.554 0.402 n/a n/a n/a 4 (102) 0.779 0.720 0.672 1.000 0.9061 0.764 0.6580.581 0.565 0.922 0.339 0.245 1.000 0.677 0.491 n/a n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.814 0.7481 0.693 0.992 0.826 (167 0.591 0.574 1.000 0.404 0293 0.808 0.586 n/a n/a n/a 5 (127) 0.849 0.775 0.715 1.000 0.890 0.697 0.601 0.582 1.000' 0.473 0.343 0.946 0.686 0.888 n/a n/a 5-1/2 (140) 0.884 0.803 0.736 0.956 0.717 0.611 0.590 0.546 0.3961 1.000 0.792 0.932 n/a n/a 6 (152) 1180.63011758 1.000 01370.6210.6980.62211451 0.602 0.973 0.697 CU -. 7 (178) 0.988 0.885 0.801 0.776 0.642 0.614 0.784 0.568 1.000 1.000 0.753 0.676 ' 8 (203) 1.000 0.940 0.844 0.816 0.662 0.631 0.958 0.694 0.805 0.723 9 (229) 0.995 0.887 0.855 0.6820.647 1.000 0.82811 0.854 0.767 10 (254) 1.000 0.930 0.895 0.702 0.663 0.970 0.900 0.808 0) 11 (279) 0.973 - 0.934 0.723 0.6815 1.000 0.944 0.848 12 (305)1.600 __ 0.974 0.743 0.696 --4------------- - 0.986 0.885 M 14 (356) 1.000 0.783 0.729 1.000 0.956 16 (406) 0.824 0161 L000 18 (457) 0.864 0.7941 20 (508) 0.905,0.827 24 (610) 1 0.9861 0.892 >30(762)1.0000.9901 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a comerA ith thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equaticns from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f v assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f = f. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. f no edge exists, then f,, = 1.0. If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thiccness combinations. 8 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 KWIK HUS-EZ Screw Anchor Technical Supplement Table 14 - Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in, diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in uncracked concrete1'2 3/4-in. KH-EZ uncracked concrete Spacing factor in tension IAN Edge distance factor in tension INN_______ Spacing factor in shear' lAy Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness fac- tor in shear' lAy I toward edge 1RV 11to and away from edge IVy Embedment h in. (mm) 4 (102) 6-1/4 (159) 4 (102) 6-1/4 (159) 4 (102) 6-1/4 (159) 4 (102) 6-1/4 (159) 4 (102) 6-1/4 (159) 4 (102) 6-1/4 (159) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a 0.57 0.48 n/a n/a 0.10 0.05 0.19 0.10 n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a 0.61 0.50 n/a n/a 0.12 0.06 0.23 0.12 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a 0.68 0.54 n/a n/a 0.16 0.08 0.33 0.17 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.67 0.60 0.76 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.21 0.11 0.43 0.22 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.70 0.62 0.84 0.62 0.57 0.55 0.27 0.14 0.54 0.28 n/a n/a 4 (102) 0.73 0.64 0.93 0.67 0.58 0.55 0.33 0.17 0.66 0.34 n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.76 0.65 1.00 0.72 0.59 0.56 0.39 0.20 0.79 0.41 n/a n/a 5 (127) 0.79 0.67 0.76 0.60 0.56 0.46 0.24 0.92 0.48 n/a n/a 5-1/2 (140) 0.81 0.69 0.81 0.61 0.57 0.53 0.28 1.00 0.55 n/a n/a .9. E 6 (152) 0.84 0.71 0.86 0.62 0.58 0.61 0.31 0.63 0.69 n/a . 7 (178) 0.90 1 0.74 0.97 0.64 0.59 0.77 0.40 0.79 0.75 n/a . 8 (203) 0.96 0.78 1.00 0.66 0.60 0.94 0.48 0.97 0.80 n/a ' 8-1/8 (206) 0.96 0.78 0.66 0.60 0.96 0.50 0.99 0.80 0.65 9 (229) 1.00 0.81 0.68 0.62 1.00 0.58 1.00 0.85 0.68 10 (254) 0.84 0.70 0.63 0.68 0.89 0.72 11 (279) 0.88 0.72 0.64 0.78 0.94 0.75 12 (305) 0.91 0.74 0.65 0.89 0.98 0.79 CL 14 (356) 0.98 0.78 0.68 1.00 1.00 0.85 16 (406) 1.00 0.82 0.71 0.91 18 (457) 0.86 0.73 0.96 20 (508) 0.90 0.76 1.00 24 (610) 0.98 0.81 30 (762) 1.00 0.89 >36 (914) 0.96 Table 15 - Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in, diameter Hilti KH-EZ and KH-EZ CRC in cracked concrete1'2 Edge distance in shear II to and away Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness fac-, 3/4-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear' I toward edge from edge tor in shear4 cracked concrete fAN I RN JAy 1RV IRA I NV________ Embedmenth in. 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 4 6-1/4 no," (mm) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) (102) (159) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a 0.57 0.48 n/a n/a 0.11 0.06 0.22 0.11 n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a 0.61 0.50 n/a n/a 0.13 0.07 0.27 0.14 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a 0.68 0.54 n/a n/a 0.19 0.10 0.37 0.19 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.67 0.60 0.76 0.58 0.57 0.54 0.24 0.13 0.49 0.25 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.70 0.62 0.85 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.31 0.16 0.61 0.32 n/a n/a 4 (102) 0.73 0.64 0.93 0.67 0.59 0.56 0.38 0.19 0.75 0.39 n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.76 0.65 1.00 0.72 0.60 0.56 0.45 0.23 0.90 0.46 n/a n/a 5 (127) 0.79 0.67 0.77 0.61 0.57 0.52 0.27 1.00 0.54 n/a n/a 5-1/2 (140) 0.81 0.69 0.81 0.62 0.58 0.60 0.31 0.63 n/a n/a - . _6 (152) 0.84 0.71 0.87 0.63 0.58 0.69 0.36 0.71 0.72 n/a . 7 (178) 0.90 0.74 0.97 0.65 0.60 0.87 0.45 0.90 0.78 n/a ca . .1. - (203) 0.96 0.78 1.00 0.67 0.61 1.00 0.55 1.00 0.83 n/a 8-1/8 (206) 0.96 0.78 0.68 0.61 0.56 0.84 0.67 9 (229) 1.00 0.81 0.70 0.63 0.66 0.88 0.71 , 10 (254) 0.84 0.72 0.64 0.77 0.93 0.75 11 (279) 0.88 0.74 0.65 0.89 0.98 0.78 12 (305) 0.91 0.76 0.67 1.00 1.00 0.82 a 14 (356) 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.89 16 (406) 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.95 18 (457) 0.89 0.75 1.00 20 (508) 0.93 0.78 24 (610) 1.00 0.84 30 (762) 0.92 >36 (914) 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, fA, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then Jo,, = I 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f v assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then I = 1.0. If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 9 Table 16 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in the soffit of uncracked lightweight concrete over metal deck' 2,3,4,5,6 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal anchor Nominal Tension - pN Shear - V Tension - N Shear- diameter embedment I = 3,000 psi f' = 4,000 psi I = 3,000 psi I = 4,000 psi 10 = 3,000 psi I = 4,000 psi t0 = 3,000 psi 10 = 4,000 psi in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 545 595 725 725 670 730 725 725 (41) (2.4) (2.6) (3.2) (3.2) (3.0) (3.2) (3.2) (3.2) 1/4 2-1/2 1,220 1,410 1,325 1,325 1,275 1,470 1,960 1,960 (64) (5.4) (6.3) (5.9) (5.9) (5.7) (6.5) (8.7) (8.7) 1-5/8 845 975 905 905 970 1,120 2,200 2,200 (41) (3.8) (4.3) (4.0) (4.0) (4.3) (5.0) (9.8) (9.8) 3/8 2-1/2 1,455 1,680 905 905 1,900 2,195 3,655 3,655 (64) (6.5) (7.5) (4.0) (4.0) (8.5) (9.8) (16.3) (16.3) 3-1/4 2,550 2,945 2,165 2,165 (83) (11.3) (13.1) (9.6) n/a (9.6) n/a n/a n/a 2-1/4 850 980 965 965 905 1,045 4,710 4,710 (57) (3.8) (4.4) (4.3) (4.3) (4.0) (4.6) (21.0) (21.0) 1/2 3 1,990 2,300 1,750 1,750 n/a n/a n/a n/a (76) (8.9) (10.2) (7.8) (7.8) 4-1/4 3,485 4,025 2,155 2.155 (108) (15.5) (17.9) (9.6) n/a (9.6) n/a n/a n/a 3-1/4 2,715 3,135 2,080 2,080 (83) (12.1) (13.9) (9.3) n/a (9.3) n/a n/a n/a 5/8 5 6,170 7,125 2,515 2,515 (127) (27.4) (31.7) (11.2) n/a (11.2) n/a n/a n/a 3/4 4 2,715 3,135 2,255 2,255 n/a n/a n/a n/a (102) (12.1) (13.9) (10.0) (10.0) Table 17 - Hilt! KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck' 2,3,4,5,6 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal anchor Nominal Tension - N 7 Shear -4V0° Tension - pN0° Shear - diameter embedment t. = 3,000 psi t. = 4,000 psi t. = 3,000 psi f' = 4,000 psi I. = 3,000 psi f'= 4,000 psi I = 3,000 psi I'. = 4,000 psi in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 280 305 725 725 340 370 725 725 (41) (1.2) (1.4) (3.2) (3.2) (1.5) (1.6) (3.2) (3.2) 1/4 2-1/2 605 700 1,325 1,325 635 735 1,960 1,960 (64) (2.7) (3.1) (5.9) (5.9) (2.8) (3.3) (8.7) (8.7) 1-5/8 525 605 905 905 770 890 2,200 2,200 (41) (2.3) (2.7) (4.0) (4.0) (3.4) (4.0) (9.8) (9.8) 3/8 2-1/2 1,035 1,195 905 905 1,345 1,555 3,655 3,655 (64) (4.6) (5.3) (4.0) (4.0) (6.0) (6.9) (16.3) (16.3) 3-1/4 1,805 2,085 2,165 2,165 n/a n/a n/a n/a (83) (8.0) (9.3) (9.6) (9.6) 2-1/4 535 620 965 965 640 740 4,710 4,710 (57) (2.4) (2.8) (4.3) (4.3) (2.8) (3.3) (21.0) (21.0) 1/2 3 1,255 1,450 1,750 1,750 n/a n/a n/a n/a (76) (5.6) (6.4) (7.8) (7.8) 4-1/4 2,195 2,535 2,155 2,155 n/a n/a n/a n/a (108) (9.8) (11.3) (9.6) (9.6) 3-1/4 1,710 1,975 2,080 2,080 n/a n/a n/a n/a (83) (7.6) (8.8) (9.3) (9.3) 5/8 5 3,885 4,485 2,515 2,515 n/a n/a n/a n/a (127) 1 (17.3) 1 (20.0) (11.2) (11.2) 3/4 4 1,710 1 1,975 2,255 2,255 n/a n/a n/a n/a (102) (8.8) (10.0) (10.0) See PTG Ed. 19 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASO value. Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. Tabular value is for one anchor per flute. Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x h00,,, (nominal embedment). Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. Comparison to steel values in table 4 is not required. Values in tables 16 and 17 control. Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension only by 0Noe = 0.75. See PTG Ed. 19 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications. For the following anchor sizes, an additional factor for seismic shear must be applied to the cracked concrete tabular values for seismic conditions: 1/4-inch diameter - = 0.75 3/8-inch diameter - a. = 0.60 1/2 _inch diameter - = 0.60 5/8-inch diameter - a = 0.60 3/4-inch diameter - a = 0.70 10 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 KWIK HUS-EZ Screw Anchor Technical Supplement Figure 3- Installation of Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in soffit of concrete over steel deck floor and roof assemblies1 Mini Min. 3,000 psi sand- lightweight C or normal-weight concrete - Al \ (typical) 20 gauge steel deck M.4-1 L Anchor/ Lower (typical) F (ridge) Min. 1-1/4 __,4 __ Mm. 12' (typical) 1 Anchors may be placed in the upper or lower flute of the steel deck profile provided the minimum concrete cover above the drilled hole is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. Figure 4- Installation of Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC on the top of sand-lightweight concrete over metal floor and roof assemblies ... co cc :1y Mm. 3,000 psi sand-lightweight t4 or normal-weight concrete ..."-. - - i "--" ----. -, - - - - - - /- - ...,/ flute I \ Mn 41/2 \ /\ Minimum - - - - j typmcaj .1 Min. 4-1/2" Flute edge Mm. 12" (typical) \— 20 gauge steel deck Lower flute (ridge) Table 18 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in the top of uncracked concrete over metal deck' 2,3,4,5 Nominal anchor diameter in. Nominal embedment depth in. (mm) Tension - 4N, Shear - f', = 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) lb (kN) I ic = 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) f = 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) lb (kN) f' 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 1/4 1-5/8(41) 620 (2.8) 675 (3.0) 1,180 (5.2) 1,360 (6.0) 3/8 1-5/8(41) 1,000 (4.4) 1,155 (5.1) 1,075 (4.8) 1,245 (5.5) Table 19 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in the top of cracked concrete over metal deck' 2,3,4,5 Nominal anchor diameter in. Nominal embed. depth in. (mm) Tension - N Shear - f'c = 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) lb (kN) I = 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) I' = 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) lb (kN) f = 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 1/4 1-5/8(41) 315(l.4) 345(l.5) 835 (3.7) 965 (4.3) 3/8 1-5/8(41) 520 (2.3) 600 (2.7) 760(3.4) 880 (3.9) See PTG Ed. 19 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in tables 20 and 21 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 4. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by Aa as follows: for sand-lightweight, A = 0.68; for all-lightweight, A = 0.60 Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular val- ues in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-inch diameter - = 0.60 3/8-inch diameter- a = 0.75. No reduction needed for seismic shear. See PTG Ed. 19 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications. KWlK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 11 Table 20 - Load adjustment factors for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in the top of uncracked concrete over metal deck1'2 1/4-in, and 3/8-in. Edge distance in shear 11to and away KH-EZ Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness uncracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear3 I toward edge from edge factor in shear3 over metal deck fAN 'RN 'NV 'NV 'NV Anchor in. 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 diameter d (mm) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) Nominal in. 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 embed. hnom (mm) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a 0.44 0.58 n/a n/a 0.44 0.58 0.44 0.58 n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a 0.50 0.67 n/a n/a 0.50 0.67 0.50 0.67 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a n/a 0.63 0.83 n/a n/a 0.63 0.83 0.63 0.83 0.78 0.83 3 (76) 0.92 0.95 0.75 1.00 0.68 0.71 0.75 1.00 0.75 1.00 0.85 0.91 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 0.99 0.81 0.70 0.72 0.81 0.81 .a -E 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 1.00 0.88 0.71 0.74 0.88 0.88 • 4 (102) 1.00 ______ 1.00 ______ 0.74 0.78 1.00 ______ 1.00 ______ . 4-1/2 (114) 0.77 0.81 5 (127) 0.80 0.84 5-1/2 (140) 0.83 0.88 6 (152) 0.86 0.91 6-1/2 (165) 0.89 0.95 ca 7 (178) 0.92 0.98 CL Cn 7-1/2 (191) 0.95 1.00 8 (203) 0.98 9 (229) 1.00 Table 21 - Load adjustment factors for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in the top of cracked concrete over metal deck1'2 1/4-in, and 3/8-in. Edge distance in shear II to and away KH-EZ Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness cracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear3 .1. toward edge from edge factor in shear3 over metal deck 'AN 'RN lAy 'NV 'NV 'NV Anchor in. 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 diameter d0 (mm) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) (6.4) (9.5) Nominal in. 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 embed. hnom (mm) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) (41) 1-3/4 (44) n/a n/a 0.99 1.00 n/a n/a 0.51 0.62 0.99 1.00 n/a n/a 2 (51) n/a n/a 1.00 n/a n/a 0.62 0.76 1.00 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a I n/a n/a n/a 0.87 1.00 0.78 0.83 3 (76) 0.92 0.95 0.68 0.71 1.00 0.85 0.91 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 0.99 0.70 0.73 .9E 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 1.00 0.71 0.74 4 (102) 1.00 0.74 0.78 ca . 4-1/2 (114) 0.77 0.81 D ' 5 (127) 0.80 0.85 5-1/2 (140) 0.83 0.88 6 (152) 0.86 0.92 6-1/2 (165) 0.89 0.95 7 (178) 0.92 0.98 ca CL 7-1/2 (191) 0.95 1.00 8 (203) 0.98 9 (229) 1.00 1 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Engineering software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, fAv assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fv = IAN 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f V = 1.0. - For concrete thickness greater than or equal to 3-1/4-inches, the anchor can be designed using either table 2 or table 3 of this section. 12 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 KWIK HUS-EZ Screw Anchor Technical Supplement DESIGN INFORMATION IN CONCRETE PER CSA A23.3 Limit State Design of anchors is described in the provisions of CSA A23.3-14 Annex D for post-installed anchors tested and assessed in accordance with ACI 355.2 for mechanical anchors and ACI 355.4 for adhesive anchors. This section contains the Limit State Design tables with unfactored characteristic loads that are based on the published loads in ICC Evaluation Services ESR-3027. These tables are followed by factored resistance tables. The factored resistance tables have characteristic design loads that are prefactored by the applicable reduction factors for a single anchor with no anchor-to-anchor spacing or edge distance adjustments for the convenience of the user of this document. All the figures in the previous ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 design section are applicable to Limit State Design and the tables will reference these figures. For a detailed explanation of the tables developed in accordance with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D, refer to Section 3.1.8. Technical assistance is available by contacting Hilti Canada at (800) 363-4458 or at www.hilti.com. Table 22 - Steel resistance for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC E10I1 carbon steel screw anchor"2 Nominal anchor Tensile Shear Seismic shear5 diameter Nominal embedment N V V n. in. (mm) sar lb (kN) sar lb (kN) sar, lb (k-N) 1/4 1-5/8 2-1/2 3,370 855 770 (41) (64) (15.0) (3.8) (3.4) 1-5/8 2-1/8 5,475 2,030 2,030 3/8 (41) (54) (24.4) (9.0) (9.0) 2-1/2 3-1/4 6,150 2,865 1,720 (64) 1 (83) 1 (27.4) (12.7) (7.7) 1/2 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 10,780 5,110 3,065 (57) (76) (108) (48.0) (22.7) (13.6) 5/8 3-1/4 4 5 14,405 6,200 3,720 (83) (102) (127) (64.1) (27.6) (16.5) 3/4 4 6-1/4 19,050 9,205 6,385 (102) (159) (84.7) (40.9) (28.4) 1 See PTG Ed. 19 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ carbon steel screw anchors are to be considered brittle steel elements. 3 Tensile N, = AseN (ps futa R as noted in GSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 4 Shear determined by static shear tests with V55, < 0.6 A55 4, f R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with V,eq :5 0.60 A,04 4 9 f R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. See PIG Ed. 19 Section 3.1.9 for additional information on seismic applications. KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 13 Table 23 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC design information 0''E1 in accordance with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D11 Nominal anchor diameter Ref Design parameter Symbol Units 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 A23.3-14 Hex, P, PM, Hex, C head Hex head Hex head Hex head Head Style and coating PL,C head Hex, C head (Including (Including (Including (Including CRC) CRC) CRC) CRC) Nominal anchor diameter d4 in. 0.25 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 (6.4) - 7) - 9) - Effective embedment2 h6 in. 1.18 1.92 1.11 1.54 1.86 2.50 1.52 2.16 3.22 2.39 3.03 3.88 2.92 4.84 (mm) (30) (49) (28) (39) (47) (64) (39) (55) (82) (61) (77) (99) (74) (123) Mm. nominal embedment2 h in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-1/4 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 3-1/4 4 5 4 6-1/4 nom (mm) (4 (54) (54) (54) (57) Minimum concrete thickness' h in. 3-1/4 4-1/8 3-1/4 3-2/3 4 4-3/4 4-1/2 4-3/4 6-3/4 5 6 7 6 8-1/8 Critical edge distance c in. 2 2.78 2.63 2.75 1 2.92 3.75 2.75 3.75 5.25 1 3.63 1 4.57 1 5.82 4.41 7.28 ac Minimum spacing at critical edge in. 1.5 2.25 3 distance 5min . 666 (mm) (38) (57) (76) Minimum edge distance c,,, ' in. 1.50 1.75 (mm) 1 (38) 1(44) Minimum anchor spacing for s> in. 3.0 4 at minimum edge distance (mm) (76) (102) Mininimum hole depth in concrete h0 in. 2 12-7/8 I (73) 1-7/812-3/8 2-3/413-1/2 2-5/813-3/814-5/8 3-5/814-3/815-3/8 4-3/86-5/8 (mm) (51) (48) (60) (70) (89) (67) (86) (117) (92) 1 (111) 1(137) (111) 1(168) Minimum specified psi 125,000 106,975 120,300 112,540 90,180 81,600 ultimate strength fum (N/ (860) (738) (830) (776) (622) (563) Effective tensile stress area A66 in 0.045 0.086 0.161 0.268 0.392 (mm2) (29.0) (55.5) (103.9) (172.9) (252.9) Steel embed. material resistance factor for reinforcement - 0.85 8.4.3 Resistance modification factor for R - 0.70 D.5.3 tension, steel failure modes4 Resistance modification factor for R - 0.65 0.5.3 shear, steel failure modes4 Factored steel resistance in tension N66r lb 3,370 5,475 6,150 10,780 14,405 19,050 D.6.1.2 (kN) (15.0) (24.4) (27.4) (48.0) (64.1) (84.7) Factored steel resistance in shear V66 lb 855 2,030 2,865 5,110 6,200 9,205 0.7.1.2 (kN) (3.8) (9.0) (12.7) (22.7) (27.6) (40.9) Factored steel resistance in shear, lb 770 2,030 1,720 3,065 3,720 6,385 V 66, seismic (1(N) (3.4) (9.0) (7.7) (13.6) (16.5) (28.4) Coeff. for factored conc. breakout resistance, uncracked concrete uncr lb 10 11.25 0.6.2.2 Coeff. for factored conc. breakout k00, - 7 0.6.2.2 resistance, cracked concrete . - Modification factor for anchor resistance, tension, uncracked qJ0 - 1.0 0.6.2.6 concrete' Anchor category - 3 I 1 D.5.3 (c) Concrete material resistance factor 4)5 - 0.65 8.4.2 Resistance modification factor for tension and shear, concrete failure R - 0.75 1.00 0.5.3 (c) modes, Condition B6 Factored pullout resistance in lb 665 1,645 20 MPa uncracked concrete' N Pr.665 () (30) (7.3) NA 0.6.3.2 Factored pullout resistance in lb 340 815 510 I 20 M cracked concrete N Pr,Cr (1(N) (1.5) (3.6) (2.3) NA 0.6.3.2Pa Factored seismic pullout resistance lb 275 815 510 I in 20 MPa cracked concrete "'11 Q•• (2.3) I NA 0.6.3.2 1 Design information in this table is taken from ICC-ES ESR-3027, dated February, 2016, tables 2, 3, and 4, and converted for use with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 2 See Figure 1 on Page 2 of this document. 3 For concrete over metal deck applications where the concrete thickness over the top flute is less than hml, in this table, see figure 4 and tables 20 and 21 of this document. 4 The KWlK HUS-EZ is considered a brittle steel element as defined by CSA A23.3-14 Annex 0 section D.2. 5 For all design cases, PcN = 1.0. The appropriate coefficient for breakout resistance for cracked concrete (k,) or uncracked concrete (c,ncr) must be used. 6 For use with the load combinations of CSA A23.3-14 chapter 8. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with CSA A23.3-14 section D.5.3 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the resistance modification factors associated with Condition A may be used. 7 For all design cases, tp = 1.0. NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design. See section 4.1.4 of ESR-3027 for additional information. 14 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 KWIK HUS-EZ Screw Anchor Technical Supplement Table 24- Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC carbon steel screw anchor 0*0 factored resistance with concrete/pullout failure in uncracked concrete' 2.1,4 Nominal Tension - N, Shear - V, f' = 20 MPa f' 25 MPa f' = 30 MPa 1' = 40 MPa 1' 20 MPa f' = 25 MPa f' = 30 MPa f' = 40 MPa anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed, embed. 2,900psi) (,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (,800 psi) (,900 psi) (,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (,800 psi) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1.18 1-5/8 665 710 750 820 805 900 985 1,135 (30) (41) (3.0) (3.2) (3.3) (3.6) (3.6) (4.0) (4.4) (5.1) 1/4 1.92 2-1/2 1,645 1,840 2,015 2,325 2,225 2,490 2,725 3,145 _________ (49) (64) (7.3) (8.2) (9.0) (10.4) (9.9) (11.1) (12.1) (14.0) 1.11 1-5/8 980 1,095 1,200 1,385 980 1,095 1,200 1,385 (28) (41) (4.4) (4.9) (5.3) (6.2) (4.4) (4.9) (5.3) (6.2) 1.54 2-1/8 1,600 1,785 1,960 2,260 1,600 1,785 1,960 2,260 (39) (54) (7.1) (8.0) (8.7) (10.1) (7.1) (8.0) (8.7) (10.1) /8 1.86 2-1/2 2,120 2,375 2,600 3,000 2,120 2,375 2,600 3,000 (47) (64) (9.4) (10.6) (11.6) (13.3) (9.4) (10.6) (11.6) (13.3) 2.50 3-1/4 3,305 3,695 4,050 4,675 3,305 3,695 4,050 4,675 (64) (83) (14.7) (16.4) (1 &0) (20.8) (14.7) (16.4) (18.0) (20.8) 1.52 2-1/4 1,765 1,970 2,160 2,495 1,765 1,970 2,160 2,495 (39) (57) (7.8) (8.8) (9.6) (11.1) (7.8) (8.8) (9.6) (11.1) 1/2 2,16 3 2,990 3,340 3,660 4,225 2,990 3,340 3,660 4,225 (55) (76) (13.3) (14.9) (16.3) (18.8) (13.3) (14.9) (16.3) (18.8) 3.22 4-1/4 5,440 6,080 6,660 7,690 10,875 12,160 13,320 15,380 (82) (108) (24.2) (27.0) (29.6) (34.2) (48.4) (54.1) (59.3) (68.4) 2.39 3-1/4 3,475 3,890 4,260 4,920 3,475 3,890 4,260 4,920 (61) (83) (15.5) (17.3) (18.9) (21.9) (15.5) (17.3) (18.9) (21.9) 5/8 3.03 4 4,985 5,573 6,105 7,049 10,736 12,004 13,149 15,183 (77) (102) (22.2) (24.8) (27.2) (31.4) (47.8) (53.4) (58.5) (67.5) 3.88 5 7,195 8,040 8,810 10,170 14,385 16,085 17,620 20,345 ________ (99) (127) (32.0) (35.8) (39.2) (45.2) (64.0) (71.5) (78.4) (90.5) 2.92 4 4,695 5,250 5,750 6,640 9,390 10,500 11,505 13,280 (74) (102) (20.9) (23.4) (25.6) (29.5) (41.8) (46.7) (51.2) (59.1) / 4.84 6-1/4 10,020 11,205 12,275 14,170 20,040 22,410 24,545 28,345 (123) (159) (44.6) (49.8) (54.6) (63.0) (89.2) (99.7) (109.2) (126.1) Table 25 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC carbon steel screw anchor I100 factored resistance with concrete/pullout failure in cracked concrete' 2,3,4,5 Nominal _____________ Tension - N, Shear - V, f' 20 MPa f' 25 MPa f' = 30 MPa f' 40 MPa f' = 20 MPa f = 25 MPa 1' = 30 MPa f = 40 MPa anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed, embed. t2,900psi) (,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (,800 psi) (,900 psi) (,625 psi) 4,350psi) (,800 psi) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1.18 1-5/8 340 360 385 415 565 630 690 795 (30) (41) (1.5) (1.6) (1.7) (1.9) (2.5) (2.8) (3.1) (3.5) 1/4 1.92 2-1/2 815 910 1,000 1,155 1,560 1,740 1,910 2,205 (49) (64) (3.6) (4.1) (4.4) (5.1) (6.9) (7.7) (8.5) (9.8) 1.11 1-5/8 510 570 620 720 685 765 840 970 (28) (41) (2.3) (2.5) (2.8) (3.2) (3.0) (3.4) (3.7) (4.3) 1.54 2-1/8 1,120 1,250 1,370 1,585 1,120 1,250 1,370 1,585 (39) (54) (5.0) (5.6) (6.1) (7.0) (5.0) (5.6) (6.1) (7.0) 3/8 / 1.86 2-1/2 1,485 1,660 1,820 2,100 1,485 1,660 1,820 2,100 (47) (64) (6.6) (7.4) (8.1) (9.3) (6.6) (7.4) (8.1) (9.3) 2.50 3-1/4 2,315 2,590 2,835 3,275 2,315 2,590 2,835 3,275 (64) (83) (10.3) (11.5) (12.6) (14.6) (10.3) (11.5) (12.6) (14.6) 1.52 2-1/4 1,095 1,225 1,345 1,550 1,095 1,225 1,345 1,550 (39) (57) (4.9) (5.5) (6.0) (6.9) (4.9) (5.5) (6.0) (6.9) 1/2 / 2.16 3 1,860 2,080 2,275 2,630 1,860 2,080 2,275 2,630 (55) (76) (8.3) (9.2) (10.1) (11.7) (8.3) (9.2) (10.1) (11.7) 3.22 4-1/4 3,385 3,785 4,145 4,785 6,765 7,565 8,290 9,570 (82) (108) (15.1) (16.8) (18.4) (21.3) (30.1) (33.7) (36.9) (42.6) 2.39 3-1/4 2,165 2,420 2,650 3,060 2,165 2,420 2,650 3,060 (61) (83) (9.6) (10.8) (11.8) (13.6) (9.6) (10.8) (11.8) (13.6) 5/8 3.03 4 3,139 3,509 3,844 4,439 6,760 7,558 8,279 9,560 (77) (102) (14.0) (15.6) (17.1) (19.7) (30.1) (33.6) (36.8) (42.5) 3.88 5 4,475 5,005 5,480 6,330 8,950 10,005 10,965 12,660 (99) (127) (19.9) (22.3) (24.4) (28.2) (39.8) (44.5) (48.8) (56.3) 2.92 4 2,920 3,265 3,580 4,130 5,845 6,535 7,155 8,265 3/4 (74) (102) (13.0) (14.5) (15.9) (18.4) (26.0) (29.1) (31.8) (36.8) 4.84 6-1/4 6,235 6,970 7,635 8,820 12,470 13,945 15,275 17,635 (123) (159) (27.7) (31.0) (34.0) (39.2) (55.5) (62.0) (67.9) (78.4) 1 See PTG Ed. 19 Section 3.1.8 to convert factored resistance value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in tables 6 to 15 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 22. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tablular values are for normal-weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by Aa as follows: for sand-lightweight, A = 0.68; for all-lightweight, A. = 0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular val- ues in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth - -0.60 All other sizes - = 0.75 No reduction needed for seismic shear. See PTG Ed. 19 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications. KWlK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 15 Table 26 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in the soffit of uncracked lightweight IJ"'D concrete over metal deck' 2,3,4,5,6 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Tension - N, Shear - V, Tension - N, Shear - V, Nominal anchor Nominal 1 =20MPa f' =30MPa f =20MPa f' =30MPa f =20MPa f' =30MPa f =20MPa 1' =30MPa diameter embedment (2,900psi) 4,350psi) 2,900psi) (4,350psi) 2,900psi) ('4,350psi) 2,900psi) (4,350psi) in. in. (mm) lb <N) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 585 660 665 665 720 810 665 665 (41) (2.6) (2.9) (3.0) (3.0) (3.2) (3.6) (3.0) (3.0) 1/4 2-1/2 1,200 1,470 1,220 1,220 1,255 1,535 1,805 1,805 (64) (5.3) (6.5) (5.4) (5.4) (5.6) (6.8) (8.0) (8.0) 1-5/8 830 1,020 835 835 950 1,165 2,030 2,030 (41) (3.7) (4.5) (3.7) (3.7) (4.2) (5.2) (9.0) (9.0) 3/8 2-1/2 1,430 1,755 835 835 1,865 2,285 3,365 3,365 (64) (6.4) (7.8) (3.7) (3.7) (8.3) (10.2) (15.0) (15.0) 3-1/4 2,505 3,070 1,990 1,990 (83) (11.1) (13.7) (8.9) n/a (8.9) n/a n/a n/a 2-1/4 835 1,020 885 885 890 1,090 4,335 4,335 (57) (3.7) (4.5) (3.9) (3.9) (4.0) (4.8) (19.3) (19.3) 1/2 3 1,955 2,395 1,615 1,615 n/a n/a n/a n/a (76) (8.7) (10.7) (7.2) (7.2) 4-1/4 3,425 4,195 1,985 1,985 (108) (15.2) (18.7) (8.8) n/a (8.8) n/a n/a n/a 3-1/4 2,670 3,270 1,915 1,915 (83) (11.9) (14.5) (8.5) n/a (8.5) n/a n/a n/a 5/8 5 6,070 7,430 2,315 2,315 (127) (27.0) (33.1) (10.3) n/a (10.3) n/a n/a n/a 3/4 4 2,670 3,270 2,075 2,075 n/a n/a n/a n/a (102) (11.9) (14.5) (9.2) (9.2) Table 27 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in the soffit of cracked lightweight flU concrete over metal deck' 2,3,4,5,6 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Tension - N,7 Shear - V,7 Tension - N? Shear - V,8 Nominal 1 =20MPa f =30MPa f' =20MPa f' =30MPa f =20MPa f =30MPa f =20MPa f =30MPa anchor Nominal diameter embedment (2,900p5i) (4,350psi) 2,900psi) (4,350psi) 2,900psi) 4,350psi) ,900psi) 4,350psi) in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 300 340 665 665 365 445 665 665 (41) (1.3) (1.5) (3.0) (3.0) (1.6) (2.0) (3.0) (3.0) 1/4 2-1/2 595 730 1,220 1,220 625 765 1,805 1,805 (64) (2.6) (3.2) (5.4) (5.4) (2.8) (3.4) (8.0) (8.0) 1-5/8 520 635 835 835 755 930 2,030 2,030 (41) (2.3) (2.8) (3.7) (3.7) (3.4) (4.1) (9.0) (9.0) 3/8 2-1/2 1,015 1,245 835 835 1,325 1,620 3,365 3,365 (64) (4.5) (5.5) (3.7) (3.7) (5.9) (7.2) (15.0) (15.0) 3-1/4 1,775 2,175 1,990 1,990 (83) (7.9) (9.7) (8.9) n/a (8.9) n/a n/a n/a 2-1/4 525 640 885 885 630 770 4,335 4,335 (57) (2.3) (2.8) (3.9) (3.9) (2.8) (3.4) (19.3) (19.3) 1/2 3 1,235 1,510 1,615 1,615 n/a n/a n/a n/a (76) (5.5) (6.7) (7.2) (7.2) 4-1/4 2,155 2,640 1,985 1,985 (108) (9.6) (11.7) (8.8) n/a (8.8) n/a n/a n/a 3-1/4 1,680 2,060 1,915 1,915 (83) (7.5) (9.2) (8.5) n/a (8.5) n/a n/a n/a 5/8 5 3,820 4,680 2,315 2,315 (127) (17.0) (20.8) (10.3) n/a (10.3) n/a n/a n/a 3/4 4 1,680 2,060 2,075 2,075 n/a n/a n/a n/a (102) (7.5) (9.2) (9.2) (9.2) See PTG Ed. 19 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compresive strengths is not permitted. Tabular value is for one anchor per flute. Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x hnom (nominal embedment). Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. Comparison of the tabular values to the steel strength is not necessary. Tabular values control. Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth - 08,888 = 0.60 All other sizes - 0N,8e8 = 0.75. See PTG Ed. 19 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications. For the following anchor sizes, an additional factor for seismic shear must be applied to the cracked concrete tabular values for seismic conditions: 1/4-inch diameter - = 0.75 3/8-inch diameter - = 0.60 1/2-inch diameter - = 0.60 5/8-inch diameter - 0Sej8 = 0.60 3/4-inch diameter - = 0.70 16 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 KWIK HUS-EZ Screw Anchor Technical Supplement Table 28- Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC steel screw 000 anchor factored resistance in the top of uncracked concrete over metal deck1'2'3'4'5 Nominal Tension - N _____________ Shear - V f' = 20 MPa f' = 30 MPa I = 20 MPa f' = 30 MPa anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. (2,900psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1/4 1.18 1-5/8 665 750 805 985 (30) (41) (3.0) (3.3) (3.6) (4.4) 3/8 1.11 1-5/8 980 1,200 980 1,200 (28) (41) (4.4) (5.3) (4.4) (5.3) Table 29 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC steel U'fl anchor factored resistance in the top of cracked concrete over metal deck' 2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension - N, Shear - Vr I = 20 MPa I = 30 MPa I = 20 MPa I = 30 MPa anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. (2,900p5i) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1 / 1.18 1-5/8 340 385 565 690 (30) (41) (1.5) (1.7) (2.5) (3.1) 38 / 1.11 1-5/8 510 620 685 840 (28) (41) (2.3) (2.8) (3.0) (3.7) 1 See PTG Ed. 19 Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in tables 20 and 21 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 22. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal-weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by X as follows: for sand-lightweight, Ae = 0.68; for all-lightweight, 'a = 0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-inch diameter - = 0.60 3/8-inch diameter- = 0.75. No reduction needed for seismic shear. See PTG Ed. 19 Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications. KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 17 DESIGN INFORMATION IN MASONRY Table 30 - Allowable tension loads for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC installed in grout-filled masonry walls (lb)1'2'3'4'5 Nominal anchor diameter in. Embedment in.' Loads @ c1 and S r _____________ Spacing Edge distance Critical - s in.' Minimum - s in.' ____________ Load reduction factor at Smin8 Critical - Ccr Minimum- cr,,, in.' 1/4 1-5/8 53010 4 2 0.70 4 2-1/2 91011 4 1.00 1-5/8 53511 4 2 0.70 3/8 2-1/2 895 6 4 1,210 0.80 4 3-1/4 1/2 2-1/4 710 4 2 0.60 4 3 1,110 8 4 1,515 4-1/4 5/8 3-1/4 1,155 10 4 1,735 0.60 4 5 3/4 4 1,680 12 4 2,035 0.60 4 6-1/4 Table 31 - Allowable shear loads for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC installed in grout-filled masonry walls (lb)1'2'3'45 Nominal anchor diameter in. Embedment in.6 Load at ccr and S, Spacing ___________ Edge distance ___________ Critical - s in.' Minimum - Smin in.' Load reduction factor at Smn8 Critical - c i0 Minimum - cmjo in.' Load reduction factor at c cm perpendicular to edge parallel to edge 1/4 1-5/8 67510 4 4 1.00 4 4 1.00 1.00 2-1/2 840 1.00 1.00 3/8 1-5/8 1,14011 6 4 0.94 6 4 0.61 1.00 2-1/2 1,165 0.70 1.00 3-1/4 1 1,190 0.70 1.00 1/2 2-1/4 1,845 8 4 0.88 8 4 0.50 1.00 3 2,055 0.45 0.94 4-1/4 2,745 0.40 0.89 5/8 3-1/4 3,040 10 4 0.36 10 4 0.36 0.82 5 3,485 0.34 0.92 3/4 4 3040 10 4 0.36 10 4 0.36 0.82 6-1/4 1 3,485 0.34 1 0.92 1 All values are for anchors installed in fully grouted masonry with minimum masonry prism strength of 1,500 psi. Concrete masonry units may be lightweight, medium-weight or normal-weight. 2 Anchors may not be installed within one inch in any direction of a vertical joint. 3 Linear interpolation of load values between minimum spacing s,, and critical spacing s0, and between minimum edge distance cmjn and critical edge distance cCr is permitted. T V IT \5/3 /v \5 4 For combined loading: For 1/4-in. - ______ + ______ 5 1 For 3/8- through 3/4-in. - ( . + ( COPIed 1 IIOwdbIe VdICWCbIO \ CIIOwdbIe) V w10) 5 See Figure 5 on Page 21 of this document for anchor locations for anchor locations. 6 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry embedment. 7 Critical spacing SC, is the anchor spacing where full load values may be used. The minimum spacing sml, is the minimum spacing for which values are available and installation is recommended. Spacing is measured from the center of one anchor to the center of the adjacent anchor. 8 Load reduction factors are multiplicative, both spacing and edge distance load reduction factors must be considered. Load values for anchors installed at less than c0, or s, must be multiplied by the appropriate load reduction factor based on actual edge distance (c) or spacing (s). 9 The critical edge distance c0, is the edge distance where full load values may be used. The minimum edge distance cmjn is the minimum edge distance for which values are available and installation is recommended. For tension, c, equals c,,1,. Edge distance is measured from the center of the anchor to the closest edge. 10 Load values must be reduced by 21% for installations within 1-1/4 inches of the bed joint. 11 Load values must be reduced by 13% for installations within 1-1/4 inches of the bed joint. 18 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 KWIK HUS-EZ Screw Anchor Technical Supplement Table 32- Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC allowable loads installed in top-of-grout-filled concrete masonry walls or horizontal members of wall openings1'2'3 Shear lb Load direction Nominal Minimum Minimum Parallel Perpendicular anchor embedment Edge Critical end diameter depth distance' spacing' distance' Tension to edge of to edge of in. in. in. in. in. lb masonry wall masonry wall 1 5/8 1 1/2 205 180 135 33/4 205 275 275 1/4 4 4 21/2 1 1/2 355 345 155 33/4 390 415 330 15/8 11/2 245 345 175 33/4 245 345 345 3/8 ______________ 6 6 31/4 11/2 465 490 200 33/4 540 800 625 21/4 13/4 390 460 200 33/4 610 525 500 1/2 ___________ 8 8 41/4 13/4 540 885 245 33/4 750 1275 550 5/8 5 13/4 10 10 975 930 245 33/4 975 2190 630 3/4 61/4 3 3/4 12 12 975 2430 630 Table 33- Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC allowable loads installed in end-of-wall or vertical members of wall openings1'2 Shear lb Load direction Nominal Minimum Minimum Parallel Perpendicular anchor embedment Edge Critical end diameter depth distance' spacing' distance' Tension to edge of to edge of in. in. in. in. in. lb masonry wall masonry wall 15/8 1 1/2 360 525 205 33/4 380 595 585 1/4 _______________ 4 4 2 1/2 1 1/2 590 610 225 33/4 755 635 585 15/8 1 1/2 355 725 215 33/4 465 1010 825 3/8 ____________ 6 6 1/4 1 1/2 565 875 240 33/4 1020 1195 1050 2 1/4 1 3/4 500 855 260 33/4 525 1100 1050 1/2 8 8 41/4 13/4 650 1 925 1 280 33/4 1150 1240 1050 5/8 1 5 33/4 10 1 10 1605 2215 1050 3/4 1 61/4 33/4 12 1 12 1865 2550 1050 1 All values are for anchors installed in fully grouted concrete masonry with minimum masonry prism strength of 1,500 psi. Concrete masonry units may be lightweight, medium-weight or normal-weight conforming to ASTM C90. Allowable loads are calculated using safety factor of 5. 2 See figure 6 and 7 for allowable anchor installation locations on the top of grout-filled concrete masonry walls. Anchors may not be installed within one inch of a vertical joint. See figure 7 for anchor installation locations in end-of-wall and vertical members of wall openings. 3 Anchors may not be installed within 1-1/4" in any direction of a head joint. 4 For load values at edge distances between listed values linear interpolation is permitted. 5 Critical spacing equals minimum spacing. 6 Minimum end distance applicable to top-of-wall and end-of-wall and does not apply for wall openings such as windows. KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 19 LII 4' minimum edge distance Critical edge distance No installation within F (See load table) / 1 1/4 of head joint Reduced values for 1/4 and 3/8 installations within 1-1/4" of bed joints (See table 30). 4' minimum edge distance Critical edge distance (See load table) Installations in this area for full capacity L___ Mortar joint L___ Concrete masonry unit (grouted) L___ Installation in this area for reduced tension Anchor installation is restricted to shaded areas and shear capacity Figure 5 - Acceptable locations (shaded areas) for Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC anchors in grout-filled concrete masonry Edge distance KWIK HUS-EZ Anchor and KWIK HUS-EZ P End distance Figure 6- Edge and end distances for the Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC anchor installed in the top of CMU masonry wall construction Figure 7 - Anchor locations in end of wall or wall opening applications 20 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 KWIK HUS-EZ Screw Anchor Technical Supplement DESIGN INFORMATION IN HOLLOW CORE CONCRETE PER ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN Table 34 - Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC allowable stress design values for installations into hollow core concrete panels1'2 Anchor diameter (inches) Mm. effective embedment he1 (inches) Allowable load' Ultimate load Tension Shear Tension Shear 1-1/8 400 610 1600 2440 1/4 1-3/8 455 755 1810 3025 3/8 1-1/8 435 890 1740 3560 The admissible anchor location must be established to prevent damage to the prestressed cable during the drilling process. Verity the location and height of the cable with the hollow core plank supplier to confirm admissible anchor location. Minimum compressive strength of prestressed concrete is 7,000 psi. Published ultimate loads represent the average results conducted in local base materials. Due to variations in materials and dimensioni configurations, on-site testing is required to determine the actual performance. Allowable loads calculated with a factor of safety of 4. Figure 8 - Installation of Hilti KH-EZ, KH-EZ P, KH-EZ PM, KH-EZ PL, KH-EZ C and KH-EZ CRC in hollow core concrete KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 21 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Installation Instructions For Use (IFU) are included with each product package. They can also be viewed or downloaded online at www.hilti.com. Because of the possibility of changes, always verify that downloaded IFU are current when used. Proper installation is critical to achieve full performance. Training is available on request. Contact Hilti Technical Services for applications and conditions not addressed in the IFU. ORDERING INFORMATION Order Information Description Hole Diameter Total Length without AnchorHead Screw Anchor Head Height(in) Screw Anchor Head (in) _Width Minimum Embedment Depth Qty (pcs) / Box KH-EZ P 1/4"xl 7/8 1/4 1 7/8 0.13 0.52 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ P1/4"x25/8" 1/4 25/8 0.13 0.52 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ PM 1/4"x2 5/8 1/4' 25/8 0.13 0.69 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ PM 1/4"xl 7/8" 1/4' 1 7/8 0.13 0.69 15/8 100 KH-EZ PL1/4"x25/8"1/4"25/8 0.1 0.86 15/8 100 KH-EZ C1/4"x2"1/4'2 0.1 0.45 15/8 100 KH-EZ C 1/4"x21/2"1/4'21/2 0.1 0.45 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ C1/4"x3"1/4'3 0.1 0.45 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ C 1/4"x4" 1/4' 4 0.16 0.45 15/8 100 KH-EZ 1/4"xl 7/8" 1/4' 17/8 0.24 0.44 15/8 100 KH-EZ 1/4"x25/8" 1/4" 25/8 0.24 0.44 15/8 100 KH-EZ 1/4"x3" 1/4' 3 0.24 0.44 15/8 100 KH-EZ 1/4"x3 1/2" 1/4' 31/2 0.24 0.44 1 5/8 100 KH-EZ 1/4"x4' 1/4' 4 0.24 0.44 15/8 100 KH-EZ3/8"xl 7/8" 3/8" 1 7/8 0.35 0.56 1 5/8 50 KH-EZ 3/8"x2 1/8" 3/8' 21/8 0.35 0.56 1 5/8 50 KH-EZ (CRC) 3/8"x3" 3/8" 3 0.35 0.56 21/2 50 KH-EZ 3/8"x31/2" 3/8" 31/2 0.35 0.56 21/2 50 KH-EZ (CRC) 3/8"x4" 3/8" 4 0.35 0.56 31/4 50 KH-EZ (CRC) 3/8"x5" 3/8" 5 0.35 0.56 31/4 50 KH-EZ C 3/8"x2 1/2" 3/8" 21/2 0.25 0.71 1 5/8 50 KH-EZ C 3/8"x3" 3/8" 3 0.25 0.71 21/2 50 KH-EZ C 3/8"x4" 3/8" 4 0.25 0.71 21/2 50 KH-EZ 1/2"x2 1/2" 1/2" 21/2 0.48 0.75 21/4 25 KH-EZ (CRC) 1/2"x3" 1/2" 3 0.48 0.75 21/4 25 KH-EZ 1/2"x3 1/2" 1/2" 31/2 0.48 0.75 21/4 25 KH-EZ (CRC) 1/2"x4" 1/2" 4 0.48 0.75 21/4 25 KH-EZ 1/2"x4 1/2" 1/2" 41/2 0.48 0.75 3 25 KH-EZ (CRC) 1/2"x5" 1/2" 5 0.48 0.75 3 25 KH-EZ (CRC) 1/2"x6" 1/2" 6 0.48 0.75 3 25 KH-EZ 5/8"x3 1/2" 5/8" 31/2 0.57 0.94 31/4 15 KH-EZ 5/8"x4' 5/8" 4 0.57 0.94 31/4 15 KH-EZ (CRC)5/8"x51/2" 5/8" 51/2 0.57 0.94 31/4 15 KH-EZ (CRC)5/8"x61/2" 5/8" 61/2 0.57 0.94 31/4 15 KH-EZ (CRC) 5/8"x8" 5/8" 8 0.57 0.94 31/4 15 KH-EZ 3/4"x41/2" 3/4" 41/2 0.70 1.13 4 10 KH-EZ (CRC) 3/4"x5 1/2" 3/4" 51/2 0.70 1.13 4 10 KH-EZ (CRC) 3/4"x7" 3/4" 7 0.70 1.13 4 10 KH-EZ 3/4"x8" 3/4" 8 0.70 1.13 4 10 KH-EZ (CRC) 3/4"x9" 3/4" 9 0.70 1.13 4 10 22 KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR - July 2020 High-performance firestop sealant that also helps minimize sound transfer Product Color: 0 Red Product Features Firestop tested up to 4 hours in accordance with ASTM E 814 (UL 1479) & CAN/ULC S115 Fire Resistance tested for static construction joint systems in accordance with ASTM E 1966 (UL 2079) Re-enterable / repairable Meets UL 1479 aging requirements Helps minimize sound transfer* Applied with conventional caulking equipment (excellent caulk rate) Extensive listed systems Sag-resistant Halogen-free Excellent adhesion Paintable Water clean up FIRE BARRIER SMOKE SEAL L Nw Pretecton SOUND BARRIER 54 In SIC 54-rated wall assembly ALL, VOID OR CAVES',' MATERIAL FOR USE IN THROUGH-PENETRATION HRESTOP SYSTEMS SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY song 3M TM Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ Product Data Sheet 1. Product Description 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ is a high-perfor- mance, ready-to-use, gun-grade, latex-based, intumescent sealant that dries to form a monolithic fire- stop seal that also acts as a barrier to airborne sound transmission. 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ helps control the spread of fire, smoke and noxious gasses before, during and after exposure to a fire when installed in accordance with a listed through penetration or fire-resistive joint assembly system. 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ firestops blank openings and penetrations passing through fire-rated floor, floor/ceiling or wall assemblies and other fire-rated interior building construction. The unique intumescent property of this material allows 3M's Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ to expand and help maintain a firestop penetration seal for up to 4 hours as penetrants are exposed to fire. 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ exhibits excellent adhesion to a full range of construction substrates and penetrants. No mixing is required. LISTED ALL, VOID OR CAVITY MATERIALS 90G9 Meets the intent ofLEED® VOC regulations—helps reduce the quantity of indoor air Contaminants that may be odorous, irritating and harmful to the Comfort and well-being of the installers and occupants. <250 g/L VOC contents (less H20 and exempt solvents). *Minimes noise transfer—STC-Rating of54 when tested in STC 54-rated wall assembly. 2. Applications High-performance 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ is ideal for sealing single or multiple through penetrations in fire-rated construction. 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ is typi- cally used in mechanical, electrical and plumbing applications to firestop openings created by the following penetrations in fire-rated floors, floor/ceilings or walls: metallic pipe, plastic pipe (excluding CPVC), conduit, power and communication cable, cable trays, busways, combos, insulated pipe and HVAC duct penetrations. 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ is also used to firestop blank openings and static construction joints. FM APPROVED SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL PSAWALL& FLOOR PENETRATION ARESTOP WHEN INSTALLED AS DESCRIBED IN THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE FMRC APPROVAL GUIDE LISTED GA P0 LISTED *Us Intertek ntertek ARESTOP SYSTEMS FIRESTOP SYSTEMS SEE INTERTEK DIRECTORY SEE INTERTEK DIRECTOF 3. Specifications 3M"' Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ shall be a one component, ready-to-use, gun-grade, latex-based, intumescent firestop sealant capable of expanding a minimum of 3 times its dried volume when exposed to temperatures above 1000°F (538°C). The material shall be thixotropic and shall be applicable to overhead, vertical and horizontal firestops. The sealant shall be listed by independent test agencies such as UL, Intertek or FM. 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ shall be tested to and pass the criteria of ASTM E 814 (UL 1479) Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems, ASTM E 1966 (UL 2079) Standard Test Method for Fire Resistive Joint Systems and CAN/ULC S 115 Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems. 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ meets the requirements of the IBC, IRC, IFC, IPC, IMC, NFPA 5000, NEC (NFPA 70) and NFPA 101. Typically Specified Division Division 7 Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping Related Sections Section 07 84 16- Annular Space Protection Section 07 84 43 - Fire-Resistant Joint Sealants Section 07 86 00 - Smoke Seals Section 0787 00 - Smoke Containment Barriers Section 07 2700 -Air Barriers Section 2100 00 - Fire Suppression Section 22 00 00 - Plumbing Section 26 00 00 - Electrical For technical support relating to 3M Fire Protection Products and Systems, call: 1-800-328-1687 For more information on 3M Fire Protection Products, visit: www.3m.com/firestop 4. Physical Properties Color: Red Hardness (ASTM D 2240 Shore A): 45 Application Temperature Range: 40° to 122°F (4° to 50°C) Tensile Strength: 85 psi (0.59 MPa) (ASTM C 1299) Volume Shrinkage (ASTM C 1241): 28% Service Temperature Range: -20° to 180°F (-28° to 82°C) VOC Less H20 and Exempt Solvents: <1 g/L STC (ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 413): 54 when tested in SIC 54-rated wall assembly Dry: Under typical conditions of 75°F (23°C) and 50% RH., sealant Surface Burning (ASTM E 84): Flame Spread 0 becomes tack-free in about ten minutes and dry-to-touch in 30 to 60 minutes. Full dry depends upon ambient conditions and volume of sealant. Smoke Development 0 Typical dry rate is approximately 1/8 inch (3 mm) per day. Unit Volume: 10.1 fl. oz tube (298.7 mL, 18.2 in), 20 fi. oz. sausage (591.5 mL, 36.1 in. 27 fi. oz tube (798.5 mL, 48.7 in. 2 gal. pail (7.57 L, 462 in. 5 gal. pail (18.9 L, 1155 in) Packaging, Storage, Shelf Life Packaging Product packaged in cartridge or pail is enclosed in HDPE plastic containers, sausage is packaged in aluminum foil wrap Storage 3M Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ should be stored indoors in dry conditions between 40°F and 90°F (4°C and 32°C) in the original unopened package. Avoid repeated freeze / thaw exposures of the 3M Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ prior to installation. Shelf Life 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ shelf life is 12 months in original unopened containers from date of packaging when stored above 68°F (2°C). Lot numbering (e.g. 8183AS): First digit = Last digit of year manufactured, Second to fourth digit = Julian Date, Letters = Random to distinguish between lot numbers Installation Techniques Consult a 3MAuthorized Fire Protection Products Distributor /Dealer or Sales Representative for Applicable UL, Intertek or other third-party drawings and system details. Preparatory Work The surface of the opening and any penetrating items should be cleaned to allow for the proper adhesion of the 3W Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+. Ensure that the surface of the substrates are not wet and are frost free. Sealant can be installed with a standard caulking gun, pneumatic pumping equipment or it can be easily applied with a putty knife or trowel. Installation Details Install the applicable depth of backing material, if required, as detailed within the applicable UL, Intertek, FM or other third-party listed system. Cut the end of the 3M'' Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ tube spout to achieve the desired bead width when applying. Install the applicable depth of 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ into the opening flush with the surface of the substrate, or as detailed within the applicable listed system, at the depth for the assembly and rating that is required. Tool within 5 minutes. Clean all tools immediately after use with water. Limitations Do not apply 3M Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ when surrounding temperature is less than 40°F (4°C) and in conditions where seals maybe exposed to rain or water spray within 18 hours of application. Do not apply 3MW" Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ to building materials that bleed oil, plasticizers or solvent (e.g. impregnated wood, oil-based sealants, or green or partially vulcanized rubber). Do not apply 3M Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ to wet or frost-coated surfaces or to areas that are continuously damp or immersed in water. NOTICE: This product is not acceptable for use with chlorinated polyvinylchloride (CPVC) pipes. Maintenance No maintenance should be required when installed in accordance with the applicable UL, Intertek, FM or other third- party listed system. Once installed, if any section of the 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ is damaged, the following procedure will apply: remove and reinstall the damaged section in accordance with the applicable listed system, with a minimum 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) overlap onto the adjacent material. Availability 3M's' Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ is available from 3M Authorized Fire Protection Products Distributors and Dealers. 3W Fire Barrier Sealant CP 25WB+ is available in 10.1 fl. oz. cartridges (12/case), 20.0 ft. oz. sausages (10/case), 27.0 ft. oz. cartridg- es (6/case), 2 gallon pails (1/case) and 5 gallon pails (1/case). For additional technical and purchasing information regarding this and other 3M Fire Protection Products, please call: 1-800-328-1687 or visit www.3m.com/firestop. Safe Handling Information Consult product's Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) prior to handling and disposal. Important Notice to User. Technical Information: The technical information, recommendations and other statements contained in this document are based upon tests or experi- ence that 3M believes are reliable, but the accuracy or completeness of such information is not guaranteed. Product Use: Many factors beyond 3M's control and uniquely within user's knowledge and control can affect the use and performance of a 3M product in a particular application. Given the variety of factors that can affect the use and performance of a 3M product, user is solely responsible for evaluating SH the 3M product and determining whether it is fit for a particular purpose and suitable for user's method of application. Warranty and Limited Remedy: 3M warrants that each 3M Fire Protection Product will be free from defects is material and manufacture for 90 days Building and Commercial from the date of purchase from 3M's authorized distributor. 3M MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED . WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. If a 3M product does not conform to this warranty, the sole and Se rvices Division exclusive remedy is, at 3M's option, replacement of the 3M product or refund of the purchase price. 3M Center, Building 223-2N-21 St. Paul, MN 55144-1000 USA Limitation of Liability: Except where prohibited by law, 3M will not be liable for any loss or damage arising from the 3M product, whether direct, 1-800-328-1687 indirect, special, incidental or consequential, regardless of the legal theory asserted. www.3M.com/firestop Please Recycle. Printed in USA. © 3M 2010. All Rights Reserved. 3M is trademark of 3M Company. All other Literature Order Info: 98-0400-5012-6 trademarks are the property of their respective owners. ( FIRE BARRIER SMOKE SEAL I I I I IT°'j I = lLI I Meets Optional I tire Protection LRequfrements SOUND BARRIER I54l Assifle U0 L IIn STC 54-rated I wall assembly I FILL VOID, OR CAVITY FOR USE IN JOINT SYSTEMS, THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS AND PERIMETER CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY 9009 LISTED C'¼IUS LISTED Intertek FILL VOID OR CAVITY RRESTOP SYSTEMS MATERIALS SEE INTERTEK DIRECTORY 90139 3M TM Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ Product Data Sheet 1. Product Description 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ is a cost-effective, one-part, gun-grade, latex-based, intumescent firestop sealant that dries to form a monolithic firestop seal that also acts as a barrier to airborne sound transmission. 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ firestops through penetrations passing through fire-rated floor, floor/ceiling or wall assemblies, as well as other fire-rated interior building partitions and assemblies (e.g. static construction joints or blank openings). In addition, the unique intumescent property of this material allows 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ to expand and help maintain a firestop penetration seal for up to 3 hours as penetrants are exposed to fire. 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ bonds to most construction substrates, including: gypsum wallboard, concrete, metals, wood, plastic (including CPVC) and cable jacketing. No mixing is required. FR9 Product Features SYSTEM coMpAnlelE Firestop tested up to 3 hours in accordance with ASTM E 814 (UL 1479), ASTM E 1966 (UL 2079) & CAN/ULC-S 115 CPVC compatible Expanded fire protection systems Helps minimize sound transfer* Sag-resistant Halogen-free Excellent adhesion Re-enterable/repairable Excellent caulk rate Paintable Water clean up Cost-effective firestop sealant Complies with the intent of LEED® NC-EQ Credit 4.1 for Low-Emitting Materials: Adhesives and Sealants, available in tube, pail or sausage. contains <250 gIL VOC contents (less 11,0 and exempt solvents per SCAQMD Rule 1168). Product Color: Yellow. *Minimizes noise transfer—STC-Rating of 54 when tested in STC 54-rated wall assembly. 2. Applications 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ is a general-purpose intumescent firestop ideal for sealing single or multiple through penetrations in fire-rated construction. 3M" Fire Bather Sealant IC 15WB+ is typically used in mechanical, electrical and plumbing applications to firestop openings created by the following penetrations in fire-rated floors, floor/ceilings or walls: metallic pipe, plastic pipe, conduit, power and communication cable, cable trays, busways, combos, insulated pipe and HVAC duct penetrations. 3M' Fire Bather Sealant IC 15WB+ is also used to firestop blank openings and static construction joints. 3. Specifications 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC shall be a one component, ready-to-use, gun-grade, latex-based, intumescent firestop sealant capable of expanding a minimum of 3 times at 1000°F. The material shall be thixotropic and be applicable to overhead, vertical and horizontal firestops. The sealant shall be listed by independent test agencies such as UL, ULC, Intertek or FM. 3M" Fire Bather Sealant IC 15WB+ shall be tested to and pass the criteria of ASTM E 814 (UL 1479) Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems, ASTM E 1966 (UL 2079) Standard Test Method for Fire Resistive Joint Systems and CAN/ ULC-S 115 Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems. 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ meets the requirements of the IBC, IRC, NBCC, IFC, IPC, IMC, NFPA 5000, NEC (NFPA 70) and NFPA 101. Typically Specified MasterFormat (2004) Section 07 84 00 — Firestopping Related Sections Section 072700—Air Barriers Section 07 84 16— Annular Space Protection Section 07 84 43 - Fire-Resistant Joint Sealants Section 07 8600—Smoke Seals Section 07 87 00 - Smoke Containment Barriers Section 07 92 13— Elastomeric Joint Sealants Section 07 92 19— Acoustical Joint Sealants Section 2100 00 — Fire Suppression Section 22 00 00 — Plumbing Section 23 00 00 — Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Section 26 00 00 — Electrical For technical support relating to 3M Fire Protection Products and Systems, call: 1-800-328-1687 For more information on 3M Fire Protection Products, visit: www.3m.com/firestop E~d Performance & Typical Physical Properties Color: Yellow Hardness (ASTM D 2240 Shore A): 70 Application Temperature Range: 400 to 122°F (40 to 50°C) Tensile Strength: 85 psi (0.59 MPa) (ASTM C 1299) Volume Shrinkage (ASTM C 1241): 28% Service Temperature Range: -200 to 180°F (-280 to 82°C) VOC Less H20 and Exempt Solvents: <2 gIL STC Acoustic Barrier: 54 when tested in STC 54 rated Dry: Under typical conditions of 75°F (23°C) and 50% R.H., sealant (ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 413) wall assembly becomes tack-free in about ten minutes and dry-to-touch in 30 to 60 Surface Burning (ASTM E 84): Flame Spread 5, Smoke Development 50 minutes. Full dry depends upon ambient conditions and volume of sealant. Typical dry rate is approximately 1/8 inch (3 mm) per day. Unit Volume: 10.1 fl. oz tube (298.7 ml, 18.2 in. 20 fl. oz. sausage (591.5 ml, 36.1 in. 27 fl. oz tube (798.5 ml, 48.7 in. 4.5 gal. pail (17.03 L, 1039.5 in. Packaging, Storage, Shelf Life Packaging Product packaged in cartridge or pail is enclosed in HDPE plastic containers, sausage is packaged in aluminum foil wrap. Storage 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ should be stored indoors in dry conditions between 40°F and 90°F (4°C and 32°C) in the original unopened package. Avoid repeated freeze I thaw exposures of the 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ prior to installation. Shelf Life 3M'° Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ shelf life is 12 months in original unopened containers from date of packaging when stored above 68°F (2°C). Lot numbering (e.g. 8183AS): First digit = Last digit of year manufactured, Second to fourth digit = Julian Date, Letters = Random to distinguish between lot numbers Installation Techniques Consult a 3M Authorized Fire Protection Products Distributor /Dealer or Sales Representative for applicable UL, cUL, ULC, Intertek, FM or other third-party drawings and system details. Preparatory Work The surface of the opening and any penetrating items should be cleaned to allow for the proper adhesion of the 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+. Ensure that the surface of the substrates are not wet and are frost free. Sealant can be installed with a standard caulking gun, pneumatic pumping equipment or it can be easily applied with a putty knife or trowel. Installation Details Install the applicable depth of backing material, if required, as detailed within the applicable UL, cUL, ULC, Intertek, FM or other third-party listed system. Cut the end of the 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ tube spout to achieve the desired bead width when applying. Install the applicable depth of 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ into the opening flush with the surface of the substrate, or as detailed within the applicable listed system, at the depth for the assembly and rating that is required. Tool within 5 minutes. Clean all tools immediately after use with water. Limitations Do not apply 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ when surrounding temperature is than less 40°F (4°C) and in conditions where seals may be exposed to rain or water spray within 18 hours of application. Do not apply 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ to building materials that bleed oil, plasticizers or solvent (e.g. impregnated wood, oil-based sealants, or green or partially vulcanized rubber). Do not apply 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ to wet or frost-coated surfaces or to areas that are continuously damp or immersed in water. Maintenance No maintenance is expected to be required when installed in accordance with the applicable UL, cUL, ULC, Intertek, FM or other third-party listed system. Once installed, if any section of the 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ is damaged, the following procedure will apply: remove and reinstall the damaged section in accordance with the applicable listed system, with a minimum 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) overlap onto the adjacent material. Availability 3M Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ is available from 3M Authorized Fire Protection Products Distributors and Dealers. 3M"' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ is available in 10.1 fl. oz. cartridges (3M ID 98-0400-5509-1, 12/case), 20.0 fl. oz. sausages (3M ID 98-0400-5512-5, 10/case), and 4.5 gallon pails (3M ID 98-0400-5510-9, 1/case). For additional technical and purchasing information regarding this and other 3M Fire Protection Products, please call: 1-800-328-1687 or visit www.3m.com/firestop. Safe Handling Information Consult country-of-use Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) prior to handling and disposal. Important Notice to User: Technical Information: The technical information, recommendations and other statements contained in this document are based upon tests or experience that 3M believes are reliable, but the accuracy or completeness of such information is not guaranteed, Product Use: Many factors beyond 3M's control and uniquely within user's knowledge and control can affect the use and performance of a 3M product in a particular application. Given the variety of factors that can affect the use and performance of a 3M product, user is solely responsible for evaluating the 3M product and determining whether it is fit for a particular purpose and suitable for user's method of application. Warranty and Limited Remedy: 3M warrants that each 3M Fire Protection Product will be free from defects in material and manufacture for 90 days from the date of purchase from 310's authorized distributor. 3M MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE. If a 3M product does not conform to this Building an Commercial warranty, the sole and exclusive remedy is, at 3M's option, replacement of the 3M product or refund of the purchase price, Limitation of Liability: Except where prohibited bylaw, 3M will not be liable for any loss or damage arising from The 3M product, whether Services Division direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential, regardless of the legal theory asserted. 3M Center, Building 223-2N-21 St. Paul, MN 55144-1000 USA Please Recycle. Printed in USA. 1-800-328-1687 © 3M 2012. All rights reserved. 3M is a trademark of 3M. Used under license in Canada. All www.3M.com/firestop 98-0400-5077-9 REV B other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. rn rYTN 5J MIL, F PP I® pefl' p A , Description Pipefit® Thread Sealing Paste with PTFE is a premium non-hardening PTFE filled pipe thread sealing paste designed specifically for the fire sprinkler industry. Pipefit is suitable for use on all threadable materials commonly used in fire sprinkler systems, including CPVC. Pipefit's unique blend of materials provides superior thread sealing qualities over other similarly priced sealants. The particulate PTFE also helps prevent leaks by accumulating in the voids of damaged or defective threads of the pipe or fittings. Additionally, the lubricating qualities of the PTFE and other materials in the sealing paste improve thread seating during pipe and fitting assembly. Pipefit® also adheres well to hot oily pipe present in "high speed' fabrication operations. Design Criteria/Data Recommended Use Water Air Refrigerants Natural Gas Mild caustics Steam Kerosene LP Gases Acids Gasoline Diesel Fuel Ammonia Use for threaded connections on steel, aluminum, brass, PVC, CPVC and ABS. Operating temperature ranges -50 f to 500 f. FBC/11- SYSTEM COMPATIBLE *FBCTI System Compatible indicates this product has been tested by Lubrizol Advanced Materials and is monitored on an on going basis to assure chemical compatibility with FlowGuard Gold®, BlazeMaster®, and Corzan® pipe and fittings. 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 TEL + 1760 599-1168 +1800344-1822 FAX + 1800 344-3775 Installation Make sure that the threads are free from burs and other debris. Apply Pipefit® liberally to the male pipe threads. Make sure that the thread sealant is brushed into the "root" of the threads. Do not wipe off excess material until fitting has been "made on" to the pipe thread. The threading action of the fitting to the pipe will allow the proper amount of sealant to remain in the connection. Wipe off excess sealant. Pipefit® will not dry out under normal conditions. Never use dope and tape together. Keep covered when not in use to avoid contamination. Some settling of the product may occur. Occasional stirring may be necessary. Two year shelf life. Disclaimer DO NOT ALTER THE CONSISTENCY OF THIS PRODUCT. Use as is directly from the container. Keep away from your mouth and eyes. If eye contact occurs, flush with water for 5 minutes. If discomfort persists get medical attention. Specifications Appearance: Dense, paste-like consistency, off white in color. Packaging: 16 oz. brush in cap 32 oz. 32 oz. BIC 1 gl. 5g1. 55 gl. CAUTION: See MSDS for first aid instructions. Wash hands thoroughly after each use. See Material Safety Data Sheet for additional safety and disposal information at www.fppi.com Nu © 2012 Fire Protection Products, Inc. FPPI®, LubeFit® are registered trademarks of Fire Protection Products, Inc.LA FBC', 8IazeMaster', FlowGuard Gold" and Corzan5 are registered trademarks of Noveon IP Holdings Corp. MADE IN U.S.A. DIEGO SEAL, 7635 RONSON ROAD • SAN DIEGO, CA 92111 • TEL: 858-278-3270 • FAX: 858-278-2950 E-MAIL: salessandiegoseal.com • VISIT US AT: www.sandiegoseal.com PTFE Thread Sealant Tapes Made in the USA ur thread sealant tape breaks clean without shredding warping, identifying it as a product that can be trusted perform reliably when the job is completed and the "so'. * _r4AM essure is on. Standard Grade /;- - " sE;'N\\ . , - _. ,21..... Our standard grade PTFE Thread Sealant Tape is for those applications that do not require the sealing properties of a premium grade thread sealant. This is intended to be used for general purpose sealing in pipe threads. The standard density virgin PTFE sealant tape permits quick, clean, economical sealing of male pipe threads of all sizes and reduces the risk of system contamination common with liquid and paste sealants. is effective and efficient so you can use less tape. Tears cleanly.. .seals neatly Quick sealing: This premium high density PTFE sealant tape permits quick, clean sealing of male pipe threads of all sizes and eliminates the risk of system contamination common with liquid and paste sealants. Self-lubricating: The self-lubricating quality of this unsintered tape makes joints easy to assemble and disassemble, and extends the fatigue life of sealed connections. Durable: Totally maintenance free premium high density PTFE thread sealant tape is virtually chemically inert, non-toxic, non-absorbent and non-flammable. It will withstand temperatures from -450°F (-240°C) to +500°F (+260°C), and pressures from hard vacuum to 10,000 PSI. Yell PTFE Thread Sealant Tapes isk of system contamination common with liquid and paste sealants. Our full density premium and gas line tapes meet lii Spec A-A 58092 for liquid & gaseous oxygen applications. The self-lubricating quality of this unsintered tape akes joints easy to assemble and disassemble. Totally maintenance free, full density PTFE thread sealant tape is irtually chemically inert, non-toxic, non-absorbent and non-flammable. It will withstand temperatures from -450°F (-40°C) to +500°F (+260°C), and pressures from a hard vacuum to 10,000 PSI. ypical properties of PTFE thread sealant tape are as follows: Typical Properties - Grade Standard Grade a Premium Grade Premium Grade Premium Grade - Yellow tandard Density j-ligh - Density IFull Density IFull Density Description 1 i he economical choice .....ower. pviore sealing power 1 . . viaximum sealing So efficient, r ou can use less [aPe. ompiies with certain uilding codes requiring eIlow, thicker, more ense tape for gas lervice lines Color jhite or colors Jyhite or colors White or colors IYellow - Density jstandard 0.5 to 0.7 Ltanclard 1.0 to 1.2 IStandard 1.5 tandard 1.6 Thickness 15.003" to 0.0035" JD.003" to 0.0035" .003"tO0.0035"I Standard Widths & Lengths h' x 260" h' x 520" h' X 1296" /2" x 260" /2" x 520" /2" x 1296" /4" x 260" /4" x 520" /4" x 1296" 1" x 260" "x 520" 1"x 1296" uantity 144 rolls per box 44 lox rolls per 1144 rolls per box Color Typical Use P/hite All industrial applications. Made from virgin PTFE Dink For use in plumbing and pipe fittings (water and steam lines) 3ray For stainless steel pipe/fittings reen For oxygen applications Yellow For gas line use F," SAN DIEGO SEAL, INC 7635 RONSON ROAD • SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92111 TEL: 858-278-3270 • FAX: 858-278-2950 E-MAIL: saIessandiegoseaI.com • VISIT US AT: www.sandiegoseal.com